diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/help.pm | 1101 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot | 1217 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot | 1082 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot | 1135 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot | 1760 |
5 files changed, 3160 insertions, 3135 deletions
diff --git a/perl-install/help.pm b/perl-install/help.pm index 922cd57c1..14af94809 100644 --- a/perl-install/help.pm +++ b/perl-install/help.pm @@ -9,47 +9,57 @@ use common; our %steps = ( empty => '', +acceptLicense => +N_("Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It +covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the +terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your +computer."), + addUser => -N_("GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his -own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide'' -to learn more this concept. But unlike \"root\", which is the -administrator, the users you add here will not be entitled to change -anything except their own files and their own configurations. You will have -to create at least one regular user for yourself. That account is where you -should log in for routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as -\"root\" everyday, it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake +N_("GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own +preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide'' to +learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the +system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be +authorized to change anything except their own files and their own +configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious +changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least +one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use +for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\" +to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious -mistake as a regular user, you may only lose some information, but not the -entire system. - -First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course --- as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the -first word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User -name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the -system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A -non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as the \"root\" -one from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: -after all, your files are at risk. - -If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add -a user for each one of the people meant to use that computer. When you are -finish adding all the users you want, select \"Done\". +mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose +some information, but not affect the entire system. + +The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory +-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word +you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this +user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the +default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From +a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not +as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by +making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at +risk. + +Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for +each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click +\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users. Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for that user (bash by default). -When you are finished adding all users, you will be proposed to choose a -user which can automatically log into the system when the computer boots -up. If you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local -security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Yes\". -If you are not interested in this feature, click \"No\"."), +When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user +that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If +you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local +security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next +->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want +to use this feature?\" box."), ask_mntpoint_s => -N_("Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive. -You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common -installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root -partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be -able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a +N_("Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive. +You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most +common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a +root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not +be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition (only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available). @@ -76,171 +86,237 @@ With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means \"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."), chooseCd => -N_("The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX -knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the -current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required."), +N_("The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX +knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject +the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."), choosePackages => N_("It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and -you are not supposed to know them all by heart. - -If you are performing a standard installation from a CD-ROM, you will first -be asked to specify the CDs you currently have (in Expert mode only). Check -the CD labels and highlight the boxes corresponding to the CDs you have -available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue. +to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of +similar applications. -Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your -machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections: +Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your +machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You +can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages. +You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a +``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the +``Development'' container installed. * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, -select one or more of the corresponding groups; +select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation +container. - * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose -the desired group(s); + * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose +the appropriate packages from the container. - * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, you will be able -to select which of the most common services you wish to install on your -machine; + * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of +the more common services you wish to install on your machine. - * \"Graphical Environment\": finally, this is where you will choose your -preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want -to have a graphical workstation! + * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred +graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a +graphical interface available. Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular -installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing +installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing different options for a minimal installation: - * \"With X\": install the fewest packages possible to have a working -graphical desktop; + * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a +working graphical desktop. * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for -setting up a server; +setting up a server. - * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the strict minimum necessary to -get a working Linux system, in command line only. This installation is -about 65Mb large. + * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of +packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation +you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this +installation is 65 megabytes. You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will be installed. If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all -groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful to repair or -update an existing system."), +groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or +updating an existing system."), choosePackagesTree => -N_("Finally, depending on whether or not you chose to be able to select -individual packages, you will be presented a tree containing all packages -classified by groups and subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select -entire groups, subgroups, or individual packages. +N_("If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages, +it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and +subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, +subgroups, or individual packages. Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the -right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which -will then launch the installation process. Depending on the speed of your -hardware and the number of packages that need to be installed, it may take -a while to complete the process. An installation time estimate is displayed -on the screen, to help you gauge if there is sufficient time to enjoy a cup -of coffee. - -!! If a server package has been selected, either intentionally or because -it was part of a whole group, you will be asked to confirm that you really -want those servers to be installed. Under Mandrake Linux, any installed -servers are started by default at boot time. Even if they are safe and have -no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it may happen -that security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was +right to let you know the purpose of the package. + +!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically +chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages, +you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be +installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed +services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at +the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that +security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do -or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes\" will +or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will install the listed services and they will be started automatically by -default. !! - -The \"Automatic dependencies\" option simply disables the warning dialog -which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package. This -occurs because it has determined that it needs to satisfy a dependency with -another package in order to successfully complete the installation. - -The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows to load the -package list chosen during a previous installation. Clicking on this icon -will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the end of -another installation. See the second tip of the previous step on how to -create such a floppy disk."), +default during boot. !! + +The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog +which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to +resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each +other such that installation of a package requires that some other program +is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are +required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation. + +The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a +package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you +have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking +on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the +end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to +create such a floppy."), configureNetwork => -N_("You are now able to set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to -connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"OK\". -The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If this -detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto-detection\" box next time. You may -also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case, -simply click the \"Cancel\" button. +N_("You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to +connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next +->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. +If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may +also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case +clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step. -Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, -cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet). +When configuring your network, the available connections options are: +traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a +simple LAN connection (Ethernet). -Here, we will not detail each configuration. Simply make sure that you have -all the parameters from your Internet Service Provider or system -administrator. +We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have +all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc. +from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator. You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is -installed and use the program described there to configure your connection. +installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."), -If you wish to configure the network later after installation, or if you -are finished configuring your network connection, click \"Cancel\"."), +configurePrinter => +N_("\"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer +configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter +Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface +presented there is similar to the one used during installation."), configureServices => -N_("You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time. +N_("This step is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot time. -Here are listed all the services available with the current installation. -Review them carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at boot -time. +DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation. +Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at +boot time. -You can get a short explanatory text about a service by selecting a -specific service. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful -or not, it is safer to leave the default behavior. +A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is +selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not, +it is safer to leave the default behavior. !! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a -server: you will probably not want to start any services which you do not +server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need. !!"), configureTimezoneGMT => -N_("GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in -local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible -to deactivate this by unselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the -hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the -machine is hosting another operating system like Windows. - -The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate -the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the -list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you -must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will -actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used -by other machines on your local network."), - -configureX => +N_("GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to +local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your +motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting +\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the +system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is +useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows. + +The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate +the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this +feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to +choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time +server that can used by other machines on your local network."), + +configureX_card_list => +N_("Graphic Card + + The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the +graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can +choose in this list the card you actually own. + + In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or +without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that +best suits your needs."), + +configureX_chooser => N_("X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, -WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely. +WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon. + +You will be presented the list of different parameters to change to get an +optimal graphical display: Graphic Card + + The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the +graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can +choose in this list the card you actually own. + + In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or +without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that +best suits your needs. + + + +Monitor + + The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the +monitor connected to your machine. If it is not the case, you can choose in +this list the monitor you actually own. + + + +Resolution + + You can choose here resolutions and color depth between those available +for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you will be +able to change that after installation though). Asample of the chosen +configuration is shown in the monitor. -You will be presented the list of available resolutions and color depth -available for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you -will be able to change that after installation though). When you are -satisfied with the sample shown in the monitor, click \"OK\". A window will -then appear and ask you if you can see it. -If you are doing an \"Expert\" installation, you will enter the X -configuration wizard. See the corresponding section of the manual for more -information about this wizard. -If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX -will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply -means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end -after 10 seconds, restoring the screen. Refer then to the video -configuration section of the user guide for more information on how to -configure your display."), +Test + + the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired +resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"Yes\", +then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it +means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and +the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the +menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display. + + + +Options + + You can here choose whether you want to have your machine automatically +switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check +\"No\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful +in getting the display configured."), + +configureX_monitor => +N_("Monitor + + The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the +monitor connected to your machine. If it is not the case, you can choose in +this list the monitor you actually own."), + +configureX_resolution => +N_("Resolution + + You can choose here resolutions and color depth between those available +for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you will be +able to change that after installation though). Asample of the chosen +configuration is shown in the monitor."), + +configureX_xfree_and_glx => +N_("In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or +without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that +best suits your needs."), configureXxdm => N_("Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface @@ -250,133 +326,129 @@ act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display configured."), createBootdisk => -N_("The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by -booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<< -at the prompt. But in case your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you -should come back to this step for help in at least two situations: - - * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector ( -MBR) of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to -allow you to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have -Windows in your system). If you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft -install process will rewrite the boot sector, and then you will not be able -to start GNU/Linux! - - * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard -disk, this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It -contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has -crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a -password, or any other reason. - -If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to enter a disk inside the drive. The -floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which you do not -need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite the whole -disk."), +N_("Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media +handy. + +The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by +booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<< +at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at +least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical: + + * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR) +of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you +to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on +your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft +install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to +start GNU/Linux! + + * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk, +this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a +fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to +a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or +any other reason. + +If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The +floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will +format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk."), doPartitionDisks => -N_("You now need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake Linux -operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an -existing operating system is using all the available space, you will need -to partition it. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of logically -dividing it to create space to install your new Mandrake Linux system. - -Because the partitioning process' effects are usually irreversible, -partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if you are an inexperienced -user. Fortunately, there is a wizard which simplifies this process. Before -beginning, please consult the manual and take your time. - -If you are running the installation in Expert mode, you will enter -DiskDrake, the Mandrake Linux partitioning tool, which allows you to -fine-tune your partitions. See the DiskDrake section in the ``Starter -Guide''. From the installation interface, you can use the wizards as -described here by clicking the dialog's \"Wizard\" button. - -If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous -installation or from another partitioning tool, simply select those to -install your Linux system. - -If partitions are not defined, you will need to create them using the -wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are -available. - - * \"Use free space\": this option will simply lead to an automatic -partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further; +N_("At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake +Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or +if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will +have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists +of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new +Mandrake Linux system. + +Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible +and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already +installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if +you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which +simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the +rest of this section and above all, take your time. + +Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available: + + * \"Use free space\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning +of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further +prompts. * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this -option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated to +option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default, -and you should generally keep them. +and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them. * \"Use the free space on the Windows partition\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your -Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert -mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can -be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously -defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either.. -This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and -Microsoft Windows on the same computer. +Microsoft Windows partition and data (see `` Erase entire disk'' solution) +or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT partition. Resizing can be performed +without the loss of any data, provided you previously defragment the +Windows partition and that it uses the FAT format. Backing up your data is +strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want to use +both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer. Before choosing this option, please understand that after this procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller -than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft -Windows to store your data or to install new software; +then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft +Windows to store your data or to install new software. * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux -system, choose this option. Be careful with this solution because you will -not be able to revert your choice after you confirm; +system, choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to +undo your choice after you confirm. - !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !! + !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !! * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk -will be lost; +will be lost. !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !! - * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition -your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous option. You -can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you -know what you are doing. To know how to use the DiskDrake utility used -here, refer to the section ``Managing Your Partitions'' of the ````Starter -Guide''''"), + * \"Custom disk partitionning\": choose this option if you want to +manually partition your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but +dangerous choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why +this option is really only recommended if you have done something like this +before and have some experience. For more instructions on how to use the +DiskDrake utility, refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in +the `` ``Starter Guide''''."), exitInstall => -N_("There you are. Installation is now completed and your GNU/Linux system is -ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start -GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as -soon as the computer has booted up again. +N_("There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is +ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing +you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is +the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to +start. The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to: * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk -which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of -an operator, similar to the installation you just configured. +that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an +operator, similar to the installation you just configured. Note that two different options are available after clicking the button: - * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the -partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive; + * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The +partitioning step is the only interactive procedure. * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely rewritten, all data is lost. - This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar -machines. See the Auto install section on our web site; + This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines. +See the Auto install section on our web site for more information. - * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done -previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside -the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on -the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<. + * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in +this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert +the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key +and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<. (*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type \"mformat a:\")"), formatPartitions => N_("Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use -(formatting means creating a filesystem on it). +(formatting means creating a file system). At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those @@ -392,49 +464,35 @@ Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover it. -Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions. +Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions. -Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new -Mandrake Linux operating system installation. +Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your +new Mandrake Linux operating system installation. Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for bad blocks on the disk."), -installPackages => -N_("Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed. -Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of -your computer, this operation could take from a few minutes to a -significant amount of time. - -Please be patient."), - installUpdates => N_("At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some -packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have -been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these +packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been +fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose \"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer to install updated packages later. Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be -retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. Then a package-selection tree -appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and -install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort."), - -acceptLicense => -N_("Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It -covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with -all the terms included in it, click on the \"Refuse\" button which will -immediately terminate the installation. To continue with the installation, -click on the \"Accept\" button."), +retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will +appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install +the selected package( s), or \"Cancel\" to abort."), miscellaneous => -N_("At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the -machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more -the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be. -However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of -ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to -get more information about the meaning of these levels. +N_("At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired +for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set +higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine +directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level +is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\" +chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to get more information about the +meaning of these levels. If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option."), @@ -452,59 +510,63 @@ the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive, To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options: * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard -drive; +drive - * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create ext3 and -swap partitions on your hard drive's free space; + * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 +and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive \"More\": gives access to additional features: * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly -recommended to perform this step; +recommended that you perform this step. - * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved -partition table from a floppy disk; + * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved +partition table from a floppy disk. * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it -can fail; +doesn't always work. - * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your initial -partition table; + * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the +partition table that was originally on the hard drive. * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and CD-ROMs. * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition -your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of -partitioning; +your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good +understanding of partitioning. - * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes; + * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes. * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on -partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information; +partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the +hard drive. * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will save your changes back to disk. +When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition +size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard. + Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the -partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows. +partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows. When a partition is selected, you can use: - * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected); + * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected) - * Ctrl-d to delete a partition; + * Ctrl-d to delete a partition - * Ctrl-m to set the mount point. + * Ctrl-m to set the mount point -To get information about the different filesystem types available, please +To get information about the different file system types available, please read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''. If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS -``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot +``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for emergency boot situations."), @@ -540,304 +602,338 @@ With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means \"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first disk or partition is called \"C:\")."), -resizeFATWait => -N_("Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes."), +selectCountry => +N_("\"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this +country, click on the button and choose another one."), selectInstallClass => -N_("DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\") -installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\") over your -installation. You can also choose to do a new installation or upgrade your -existing Mandrake Linux system: +N_("This step is activated only if an ols GNU/Linux partition has been found on +your machine. - * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. However, depending on -what is currently installed on your machine, you may be able to keep some -old partitions (Linux or otherwise) unchanged; +DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade +of an existing Mandrake Linux system: - * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the -packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps your -hard drives' current partitions as well as user configurations. All other -configuration steps remain available, similar to a normal installation; + * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old +system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or +change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on +your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from +being over- written. - * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this new installation class allows you to -upgrade an existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system -configurations unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation -is also possible. + * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages +currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current +partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other +configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation. -Upgrades should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems using version \"8.1\" -or later. - -Depending on your GNU/Linux knowledge, select one of the following choices: - - * Recommended: choose this if you have never installed a GNU/Linux -operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be -asked a few questions; - - * Expert: if you have a good GNU/Linux understanding, you may wish to -perform a highly customized installation. Some of the decisions you will -have to make may be difficult if you do not have good GNU/Linux knowledge, -so it is not recommended that those without a fair amount of experience -select this installation class."), +Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems +running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior +to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."), selectKeyboard => -N_("Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the -language you have chosen). However, you might not have a keyboard that -corresponds exactly to your language: for example, if you are an English -speaking Swiss person, you may still want your keyboard to be a Swiss -keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find -yourself in the same situation. In both cases, you will have to go back to -this installation step and select an appropriate keyboard from the list. - -Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of +N_("Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will +automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However, +you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: +for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a +Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may +find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard +do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to +select an appropriate keyboard from a list. + +Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of supported keyboards. -If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-latin alphabet, you will be -asked in the next dialog to choose the key binding that will switch the -keyboard layout between the latin and non-latin layouts."), +If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next +dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the +keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."), selectLanguage => -N_("The first step is to choose your preferred language. - -Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage. +N_("Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the +documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the +region you are located in, and then the language you speak. Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other -languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages -will install the language-specific files for system documentation and -applications. For example, if you host users from Spain on your machine, -select English as the main language in the tree view and in the Advanced -section, click on the box corresponding to \"Spanish|Spain\". +languages to be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the +language-specific files for system documentation and applications. For +example, if you will host users from Spain on your machine, select English +as the default language in the tree view and \"Espanol\" in the Advanced +section. -Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any -additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue. +Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. Once +you have selected additional locales, click the \"Next ->\" button to +continue. -To switch from one language to the other, you can launch the -\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the whole system -language, or as a simple user to only change that user's default language."), +To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can +launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the +language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user +will only change the language settings for that particular user."), selectMouse => -N_("DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse possesses. If not, -it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button -emulation. DrakX will automatically know whether it is a PS/2, serial or -USB mouse. +N_("Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your +mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will +configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a +two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and +right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses +a PS/2, serial or USB interface. -If you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select the appropriate -type from the provided list. +If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it +from the provided list. If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are -correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return] -to \"Cancel\" and choose again. - -Sometimes, wheel mouses are not automatically detected. You will need to -manually select it in the list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to -the correct port it is attached to. After you have pressed the \"OK\" -button, a mouse image will be displayed. You then need to move the wheel of -your mouse to activate it correctly. Then test that all buttons and -movements are correct."), +correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not +working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to +go back to the list of choices. + +Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to +select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to +the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and +pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. +Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you +see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test +the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move +your mouse."), selectSerialPort => N_("Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."), setRootPassword => -N_("This is the most crucial decision in regards with the security of your -GNU/Linux system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the -system administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add -users, change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, -\"root\" can do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is -difficult to guess -- DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can -see, you can choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you -against this if only for one reason: do not think that because you booted -GNU/Linux that your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since -\"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on -partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is -important for it to be difficult to become \"root\". +N_("This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux +system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system +administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users, +change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can +do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to +guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you +can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you +against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating +system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally +erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions +themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\". The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8 characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too easy to compromise a system. -However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because -you must be able to remember it without too much effort. +One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you +must be able to remember it! -The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. Hence, you -will have to type the password twice to reduce the chance of a typing -error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this +The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce +the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password +twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this ``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect. -In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an -authentication server, like NIS or LDAP. +If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication +server, clisk the \"Advanced\" button. If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication -services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you have no -clue, ask your network administrator. +services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not +know which to use, ask your network administrator. -If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will -want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication."), +If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to +have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet, +and if you trust anybody having access to it."), setupBootloader => -N_("LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally -automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts -accordingly, depending on what it finds there: +N_("This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader: - * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO -boot sector. Hence, you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another -OS; + * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader: - * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new -one. + * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu). -if in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options. - - * \"Bootloader to use\": you have three choices: - - * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu); + * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu +interface. * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical -interface; - - * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface. * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\"); - * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer, -this is the delay granted to the user to choose -- in the bootloader menu, -another boot entry than the default one. + * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of +the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select +a boot entry other than the default. !! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting -\"Cancel\" here), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake -Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the -options. !! +\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux +system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !! -Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced -options, which are reserved for the expert user."), +Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options +that are reserved for the expert user."), + +setupBootloader-title => +N_("Installing a Bootloader"), setupBootloaderAddEntry => N_("After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of -boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed. +boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed. -If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will -automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune -the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or -remove it. \"Add\" creates a new entry. and \"Done\" goes on to the next -installation step. +If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will +automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing +options by clicking \"Add\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and +clicking \"Modify\" or \"Remove\" to modify or remove it. \"OK\" validates +your changes. You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to -anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then, -you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!"), +anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the +corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the +bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other +operating systems!"), setupBootloaderBeginner => -N_("You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot -GNU/Linux. +N_("LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally +automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to +what it finds there: -Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose \"First sector of drive -(MBR)\"."), + * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO +boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another +OS. + + * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new +one. + +If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the +bootloader. + +\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First +sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be +installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk +(\"On Floppy\"). + +Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media +handy. + +The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by +booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<< +at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at +least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical: + + * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR) +of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you +to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on +your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft +install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to +start GNU/Linux! + + * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk, +this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a +fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to +a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or +any other reason. + +If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The +floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will +format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk."), setupDefaultSpooler => -N_("Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSes may offer -you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. - - * \"pdq\" -- which means ``print, don't queue'', is the choice if you have -a direct connection to your printer and you want to be able to panic out of -printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. It will handle only -very simple network cases and is somewhat slow for networks. Pick \"pdq\" -if this is your first voyage to GNU/Linux. You can change your choices -after installation by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control Center -and clicking the expert button. - - * \"CUPS\" -- ``Common Unix Printing System'', is excellent at printing to -your local printer and also halfway-around the planet. It is simple and can -act as a server or a client for the ancient \"lpd\" printing system. Hence, -it is compatible with the systems that went before. It can do many tricks, -but the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need this to -emulate an \"lpd\" server, you must turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. It has -graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer options."), +N_("Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may +offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems +is best for a particular type of configuration. + + * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice +if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to +panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq +\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when +used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq \" if this is your +first experience with GNU/Linux. + + * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for +printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is +simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient +\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems +that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup +is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make +sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical +front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the +printer. + +If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing +system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control +Center and clicking the expert button."), setupSCSI => -N_("DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also -scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is +N_("DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will +also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver. -Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware, -DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\" -if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will -be presented with a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you -have no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of -hardware detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and -clicking \"OK\". Examine the hardware list and then click on the \"OK\" -button to return to the SCSI interface question. +Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX will ask you if you have +a PCI SCSI installed. Clicking \" Yes\" will display a list of SCSI cards +to choose from. Click \"No\" if you know that you have no SCSI hardware in +your machine. If you're not sure, you can check the list of hardware +detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info \" and clicking +the \"Next ->\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"Next +->\" button to return to the SCSI interface question. -If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to -specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for -the card-specific options which the hardware needs to initialize. This -usually works well. +If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you +want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the +hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the +adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any +issues. -If DrakX is not able to probe for the options which need to be passed, you -will need to manually provide options to the driver."), +If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine +which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually +configure the driver."), setupYabootAddEntry => -N_("You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating -systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image. +N_("You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems, +alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image. -For other OSes, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\" +For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\" partition. For Linux, there are a few possible options: - * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot -prompt to select this boot option; + * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to +select this boot option. * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux -or a variation of vmlinux with an extension; +or a variation of vmlinux with an extension. - * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation; + * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation. - * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often -to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse -button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock -Apple mouse. The following are some examples: + * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to +assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button +emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse. +The following are some examples: video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111 hda=autotune video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111 - * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before + * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency -boot situation; +boot situation. - * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you -need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used; + * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you +need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a +ramdisk larger than the default. - * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in -read-only, to allow a filesystem check before the system becomes ``live''. -Here, you can override this option; + * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as +read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''. +You can override the default with this option. * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with -native frame buffer support; +native frame buffer support. * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection, -selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will -also be highlighted with a ``*'', if you press [Tab] to see the boot -selections."), +selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be +highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."), setupYabootGeneral => -N_("Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot -either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally, -these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this -is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to -choose the correct parameters. +N_("Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to +boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly +detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you +can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct +parameters. Yaboot's main options are: - * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt; + * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt. * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier -to hold this information; +to hold this information. * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can @@ -848,44 +944,67 @@ After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your default kernel description is selected; * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD -at the first boot prompt; +at the first boot prompt. * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for -Open Firmware at the first boot prompt; +Open Firmware at the first boot prompt. * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open Firmware Delay expires."), +sound_config => +N_("\"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed +here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is +actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose +another driver."), + summary => -N_("Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on -your installed hardware, you may (or may not), see the following entries: +N_("As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has +about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some +or all of the following entries: * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button -to change it if necessary; +to change it if necessary. * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on -the button to change that if necessary; +the button to change that if necessary. - * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the -language you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard, -you may not be in the country for which the chosen language should -correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in -order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in; + * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this +country, click on the button and choose another one. + + * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the +primary language you have chosen. But here, just as in your choice of a +keyboard, you may not be in the country for which the chosen language +should correspond. You may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button to +configure the clock for the correct timezone. * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer -configuration wizard. Consult the correpsonding chapter of the ``Starter +configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface -presented there is similar to the one used at installation time; +presented there is similar to the one used during installation. + + * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, +click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users. + + * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical +interface in \"800x600\" resolution. If that does not suits you, click on +the button to reconfigure your grapical interface. + + * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network +access now, you can by clicking on this button. - * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it will be -displayed here. + * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is +displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that +is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose +another driver. - * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it will be -displayed here. + * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed +here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on the button to +try to configure it manually. * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters -associated to it."), +associated with the card."), takeOverHdChoose => N_("Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new @@ -893,11 +1012,11 @@ Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost and will not be recoverable!"), takeOverHdConfirm => -N_("Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on -this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able -to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including -any Windows data. +N_("Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present +on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not +be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, +including any Windows data. -Click on \"Cancel\" to stop this operation without losing any data and +Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and partitions present on this hard drive."), ); diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot index a60356d25..97e3820ba 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot @@ -3,19 +3,21 @@ # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" -"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" -"remove it. \"Add\" creates a new entry. and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" -"installation step.\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking \"Add\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"Modify\" or \"Remove\" to modify or remove it. \"OK\" validates\n" +"your changes.\n" "\n" "You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" -"anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" -"you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie die allgemeinen BS-Startetr Parameter eingestellt haben,\n" +"Nachdem Sie die allgemeinen BS-Starter Parameter eingestellt haben,\n" "bekommen Sie die Liste möglicher Betriebssystemalternativen für das\n" "Startmenü gezeigt.\n" "\n" @@ -27,33 +29,35 @@ msgstr "" "„Hinzufügen“ erzeugt einen neuen Eintrag und „Fertig“ bringt Sie zum\n" "nächsten Installationsschritt.\n" "\n" -"Möglicherweise wollen Sie auch nicht, dass andere Anwender Zugiff auf die\n" +"Möglicherweise wollen Sie auch nicht, dass andere Anwender Zugriff auf die\n" "übrigen installierten Betriebssysteme bekommen. In diesem Fall können Sie\n" "die jeweiligen Einträge entfernen, Sie müssen jedoch selbst für\n" -"Startdisketten sorgen, um diese Syteme erreichen zu können!" +"Startdisketten sorgen, um diese Systeme erreichen zu können!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" -"\n" -"Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" "\n" "Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" -"languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages\n" -"will install the language-specific files for system documentation and\n" -"applications. For example, if you host users from Spain on your machine,\n" -"select English as the main language in the tree view and in the Advanced\n" -"section, click on the box corresponding to \"Spanish|Spain\".\n" -"\n" -"Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" -"additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue.\n" -"\n" -"To switch from one language to the other, you can launch the\n" -"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the whole system\n" -"language, or as a simple user to only change that user's default language." +"languages to be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the\n" +"language-specific files for system documentation and applications. For\n" +"example, if you will host users from Spain on your machine, select English\n" +"as the default language in the tree view and \"Espanol\" in the Advanced\n" +"section.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. Once\n" +"you have selected additional locales, click the \"Next ->\" button to\n" +"continue.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" +"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" +"will only change the language settings for that particular user." msgstr "" -"Als ersten Schritt, wählen Sie bitte die gewünschte Sprache.\n" +"Als ersten Schritt wählen Sie bitte die gewünschte Sprache.\n" "\n" "Wählen Sie Ihre bevorzugte Sprache für den Installationsvorgang und\n" "Systemlaufzeit.\n" @@ -61,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "" "Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ erhalten Sie die\n" "Möglichkeit, weitere Sprachen auf Ihrem Rechner zu installieren, um diese\n" "später verwenden zu können. Wollen Sie etwa Spaniern muttersprachlichen\n" -"Zugang zu Ihrem System erlauben, wählen Sie deutsch als Hauptsprache in der\n" +"Zugang zu Ihrem System erlauben, wählen Sie Deutsch als Hauptsprache in der\n" "Liste und im Fortgeschrittenen-Bereich „Spanish|Spain“.\n" "\n" "Haben Sie eine Sprache markiert und die Wahl mit „OK“ bestätigt, gelangen\n" @@ -76,74 +80,67 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You now need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake Linux\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" -"existing operating system is using all the available space, you will need\n" -"to partition it. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of logically\n" -"dividing it to create space to install your new Mandrake Linux system.\n" -"\n" -"Because the partitioning process' effects are usually irreversible,\n" -"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if you are an inexperienced\n" -"user. Fortunately, there is a wizard which simplifies this process. Before\n" -"beginning, please consult the manual and take your time.\n" -"\n" -"If you are running the installation in Expert mode, you will enter\n" -"DiskDrake, the Mandrake Linux partitioning tool, which allows you to\n" -"fine-tune your partitions. See the DiskDrake section in the ``Starter\n" -"Guide''. From the installation interface, you can use the wizards as\n" -"described here by clicking the dialog's \"Wizard\" button.\n" -"\n" -"If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous\n" -"installation or from another partitioning tool, simply select those to\n" -"install your Linux system.\n" -"\n" -"If partitions are not defined, you will need to create them using the\n" -"wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are\n" -"available.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use free space\": this option will simply lead to an automatic\n" -"partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further;\n" +"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" +"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n" +"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n" +"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux system.\n" +"\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n" +"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n" +"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" +"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" +"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use free space\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning\n" +"of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further\n" +"prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" "Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated to\n" +"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated with\n" "each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default,\n" -"and you should generally keep them.\n" +"and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" " * \"Use the free space on the Windows partition\": if Microsoft Windows is\n" "installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you\n" "have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" -"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert\n" -"mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can\n" -"be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously\n" -"defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either..\n" -"This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and\n" -"Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see `` Erase entire disk'' solution)\n" +"or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT partition. Resizing can be performed\n" +"without the loss of any data, provided you previously defragment the\n" +"Windows partition and that it uses the FAT format. Backing up your data is\n" +"strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want to use\n" +"both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" -"than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" -"Windows to store your data or to install new software;\n" +"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" +"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" "present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system, choose this option. Be careful with this solution because you will\n" -"not be able to revert your choice after you confirm;\n" +"system, choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to\n" +"undo your choice after you confirm.\n" "\n" -" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" " * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" "begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" -"will be lost;\n" +"will be lost.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" -"your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous option. You\n" -"can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" -"know what you are doing. To know how to use the DiskDrake utility used\n" -"here, refer to the section ``Managing Your Partitions'' of the ````Starter\n" -"Guide''''" +" * \"Custom disk partitionning\": choose this option if you want to\n" +"manually partition your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but\n" +"dangerous choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why\n" +"this option is really only recommended if you have done something like this\n" +"before and have some experience. For more instructions on how to use the\n" +"DiskDrake utility, refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in\n" +"the `` ``Starter Guide''''." msgstr "" "Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo auf Ihrer/n Festplatte(n) Ihr Mandrake Linux\n" "System installiert werden soll. Sofern alles leer ist bzw. ein\n" @@ -187,12 +184,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * „Freien Platz der Windows Partition verwenden“: Falls der gesamte\n" "Plattenplatz aktuell für Microsoft Windows(TM) verschwendet ist, müssen Sie\n" -"für Linux Platz schaffen. Um dies zu erreichen, können Sie entweder Ihre\n" -"Microsoft Windows(TM) Partition(en) samt Daten löschen (siehe „Komplette\n" -"Platte löschen“ oder „Experten-Modus“) oder Ihre Windows Partition\n" -"verkleinern. Letzteres geht ohne Datenverlust. Sie sollten diese Variante\n" -"wählen, falls Sie beide Betriebssysteme (Windows und Mandrake Linux)\n" -"nebeneinander nutzen wollen.\n" +"für GNU/Linux Platz schaffen. Um dies zu erreichen, können Sie entweder\n" +"Ihre Microsoft Windows(TM) Partition(en) samt Daten löschen (siehe\n" +"„Komplette Platte löschen“ oder „Experten-Modus“) oder Ihre Windows\n" +"Partition verkleinern. Letzteres geht ohne Datenverlust. Sie sollten diese\n" +"Variante wählen, falls Sie beide Betriebssysteme (Windows und Mandrake\n" +"Linux) nebeneinander nutzen wollen.\n" "\n" " Bevor Sie sich für diese Variante entscheiden, sei hier noch einmal\n" "betont, dass das bedeutet, Sie haben weniger Platz für Windows als\n" @@ -231,69 +228,6 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" -"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" -"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely.\n" -"\n" -"You will be presented the list of available resolutions and color depth\n" -"available for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you\n" -"will be able to change that after installation though). When you are\n" -"satisfied with the sample shown in the monitor, click \"OK\". A window will\n" -"then appear and ask you if you can see it.\n" -"\n" -"If you are doing an \"Expert\" installation, you will enter the X\n" -"configuration wizard. See the corresponding section of the manual for more\n" -"information about this wizard.\n" -"\n" -"If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" -"will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" -"means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" -"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen. Refer then to the video\n" -"configuration section of the user guide for more information on how to\n" -"configure your display." -msgstr "" -"X (das X Window System) ist das Herz der grafischen Benutzeroberfläche von\n" -"GNU/Linux. Es bildet die Grundlage für die Vielzahl grafischer\n" -"Benutzerumgebungen, die Mandrake Linux Ihnen anbietet (wie etwa KDE, GNOME,\n" -"AfterStep oder WindowMaker). Auch hier wird „DrakX“ die Konfiguration\n" -"soweit wie möglich selbstständig vollziehen.\n" -"\n" -"Sie erhalten eine Liste möglicher Auflösungen und Farbtiefen für Ihre\n" -"Hardware! Wählen Sie aus, was Ihren Wünschen am ehesten entspricht (sie\n" -"können das auch nach der Intallation noch ändern). Wenn das Vorschaubild\n" -"sich mit Ihren Vorstellungen deckt, betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „OK“. Es\n" -"erscheint ein Testfenster und Sie werden gefragt, ob die Anzeige\n" -"einwandfrei ist.\n" -"\n" -"Falls Sie eine „Experte“n-Installation vornehmen, werden Sie in den\n" -"folgenden Schritten von dem „DrakX“-Konfigurationsassistenten begleitet.\n" -"\n" -"Falls das Bild korrekt dargestellt wird, wählen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche\n" -"„Ja“ an, „DrakX“ wird dann mit dem nächsten Schritt der Installation\n" -"fortfahren. Sollte der Schirm aus irgendwelchen Gründen nicht lesbar sein,\n" -"müssen Sie nur 10 Sekunden warten. Anschließend sollte wieder das\n" -"Konfigurationsmenü erscheinen. Weitere Informationen finden Sie im\n" -"Benutzerhandbuch." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" -"Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" -"your computer, this operation could take from a few minutes to a\n" -"significant amount of time.\n" -"\n" -"Please be patient." -msgstr "" -"Ihr neues Mandrake Linux System wird nun installiert. Abhängig von der\n" -"Anzahl Pakete und der Geschwindigkeit Ihres Rechners kann dies zwischen\n" -"einigen Minuten und mehreren Stunden dauern.\n" -"\n" -"Haben Sie noch etwas Gerduld." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" @@ -305,39 +239,43 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" -"own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" -"to learn more this concept. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" -"administrator, the users you add here will not be entitled to change\n" -"anything except their own files and their own configurations. You will have\n" -"to create at least one regular user for yourself. That account is where you\n" -"should log in for routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as\n" -"\"root\" everyday, it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake\n" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n" +"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide'' to\n" +"learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" +"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" +"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" +"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n" +"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n" +"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n" +"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n" "could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n" -"mistake as a regular user, you may only lose some information, but not the\n" -"entire system.\n" -"\n" -"First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course\n" -"-- as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the\n" -"first word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" -"name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" -"system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" -"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as the \"root\"\n" -"one from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it:\n" -"after all, your files are at risk.\n" -"\n" -"If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" -"a user for each one of the people meant to use that computer. When you are\n" -"finish adding all the users you want, select \"Done\".\n" +"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n" +"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" +"\n" +"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" +"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" +"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n" +"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n" +"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n" +"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n" +"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n" +"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n" +"risk.\n" +"\n" +"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n" +"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n" +"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n" "\n" "Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" "for that user (bash by default).\n" "\n" -"When you are finished adding all users, you will be proposed to choose a\n" -"user which can automatically log into the system when the computer boots\n" -"up. If you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Yes\".\n" -"If you are not interested in this feature, click \"No\"." +"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" +"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" +"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n" +"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n" +"to use this feature?\" box." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux ist ein Mehrbenutzer-System, das bedeutet konkret jedes\n" "Benutzerkennzeichen hat eigene Präferenzen (Grafische Umgebung,\n" @@ -374,7 +312,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Wenn Sie alle Kennzeichen erstellt haben, die Sie nutzen wollen, wird Ihnen\n" "die Möglichkeit eröffnet, ein Kennzeichen automatisch beim\n" -"Betriebssystemstart angemeldet zu bekomen. Falls Sie sich für diese\n" +"Betriebssystemstart angemeldet zu bekommen. Falls Sie sich für diese\n" "Funktionalität entscheiden (und wenig Wert auf Sicherheit legen) wählen Sie\n" "einfach die gewünschte Arbeitsumgebung und das Kennzeichen aus. Bestätigen\n" "Sie Ihre Auswahl durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „Ja“. Andernfalls\n" @@ -389,28 +327,28 @@ msgid "" "act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" "configured." msgstr "" -"Nun werden Sie gefragt, ob Sie in die grafische Umgebug starten wollen. Es\n" +"Nun werden Sie gefragt, ob Sie in die grafische Umgebung starten wollen. Es\n" "sei angemerkt, dass Sie das auch gefragt werden, wenn die Grafikkarte\n" -"vorher nicht getestet wurde. Sie sollten mit „Nein“ anworten, falls Ihr\n" +"vorher nicht getestet wurde. Sie sollten mit „Nein“ antworten, falls Ihr\n" "Rechner als Server dienen sollte oder der Test der Grafikumgebung zu\n" "Problemen führte." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" -"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" -"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" -"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to\n" -"choose the correct parameters.\n" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" +"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" +"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" +"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" +"parameters.\n" "\n" "Yaboot's main options are:\n" "\n" -" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt;\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" "to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" -"to hold this information;\n" +"to hold this information.\n" "\n" " * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" "yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" @@ -421,10 +359,10 @@ msgid "" "default kernel description is selected;\n" "\n" " * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" -"at the first boot prompt;\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" -"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt;\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" "Firmware Delay expires." @@ -468,12 +406,13 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" -"machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" -"the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" -"However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" -"ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to\n" -"get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\"\n" +"chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to get more information about the\n" +"meaning of these levels.\n" "\n" "If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." msgstr "" @@ -501,35 +440,52 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" -"your installed hardware, you may (or may not), see the following entries:\n" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n" +"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n" +"or all of the following entries:\n" "\n" " * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" -"to change it if necessary;\n" +"to change it if necessary.\n" "\n" " * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n" -"the button to change that if necessary;\n" +"the button to change that if necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the button and choose another one.\n" "\n" -" * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the\n" -"language you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard,\n" -"you may not be in the country for which the chosen language should\n" -"correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in\n" -"order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" +" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n" +"primary language you have chosen. But here, just as in your choice of a\n" +"keyboard, you may not be in the country for which the chosen language\n" +"should correspond. You may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button to\n" +"configure the clock for the correct timezone.\n" "\n" " * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the correpsonding chapter of the ``Starter\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" "Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used at installation time;\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" "\n" -" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n" +"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" "\n" -" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n" +"interface in \"800x600\" resolution. If that does not suits you, click on\n" +"the button to reconfigure your grapical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n" +"access now, you can by clicking on this button.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n" +"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +"another driver.\n" +"\n" +" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on the button to\n" +"try to configure it manually.\n" "\n" " * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n" "displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n" -"associated to it." +"associated with the card." msgstr "" "Hier bekommen Sie verschiedene Parameter Ihres Systems angezeigt. Je nach\n" "vorhandener Hardware sehen Sie hier (oder eben nicht) folgende Einträge:\n" @@ -547,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" "Zeitzone zu setzen.\n" "\n" " * „Drucker“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „Kein Drucker“ starten Sie den\n" -"Druckerassistenten. Weitere Informationen erhalte Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n" +"Druckerassistenten. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n" "des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n" "während der Installation angebotenen.\n" "\n" @@ -566,39 +522,26 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" -"installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\") over your\n" -"installation. You can also choose to do a new installation or upgrade your\n" -"existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. However, depending on\n" -"what is currently installed on your machine, you may be able to keep some\n" -"old partitions (Linux or otherwise) unchanged;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" -"packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps your\n" -"hard drives' current partitions as well as user configurations. All other\n" -"configuration steps remain available, similar to a normal installation;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this new installation class allows you to\n" -"upgrade an existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system\n" -"configurations unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation\n" -"is also possible.\n" -"\n" -"Upgrades should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems using version \"8.1\"\n" -"or later.\n" -"\n" -"Depending on your GNU/Linux knowledge, select one of the following choices:\n" -"\n" -" * Recommended: choose this if you have never installed a GNU/Linux\n" -"operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" -"asked a few questions;\n" -"\n" -" * Expert: if you have a good GNU/Linux understanding, you may wish to\n" -"perform a highly customized installation. Some of the decisions you will\n" -"have to make may be difficult if you do not have good GNU/Linux knowledge,\n" -"so it is not recommended that those without a fair amount of experience\n" -"select this installation class." +"This step is activated only if an ols GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n" +"your machine.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n" +"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n" +"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n" +"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n" +"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n" +"being over- written.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" +"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n" +"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n" +"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n" +"\n" +"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n" +"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n" +"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended." msgstr "" "„DrakX“ fragt Sie nun nach der gewünschten Installationsart. Sie haben die\n" "Wahl zwischen einer Standardinstallation („Empfehlenswert“) und einer\n" @@ -611,7 +554,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wählen Sie:\n" "\n" " * „Installieren“: Entfernt komplett ältere Versionen von Mandrake Linux,\n" -"die noch installiert sind - um genau zu sein können Sie je nach aktuellem\n" +"die noch installiert sind - um genau zu sein, können Sie je nach aktuellem\n" "Inhalt Ihrer Platte auch einige ältere Linux- oder anderweitige Partitionen\n" "unangetastet behalten.\n" "\n" @@ -651,16 +594,16 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" -"packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" -"been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" +"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" "updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" "\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" "to install updated packages later.\n" "\n" "Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. Then a package-selection tree\n" -"appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and\n" -"install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n" +"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n" +"the selected package( s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." msgstr "" "Es ist sehr wahrscheinlich, dass zum Zeitpunkt Ihrer Mandrake Linux\n" "Installation bereits einige Pakete aktualisiert wurden, etwa da noch Fehler\n" @@ -682,53 +625,41 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" -"automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" -"accordingly, depending on what it finds there:\n" -"\n" -" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" -"boot sector. Hence, you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" -"OS;\n" -"\n" -" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" -"one.\n" +"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"if in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options.\n" +" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader to use\": you have three choices:\n" +" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu);\n" +" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" +"interface.\n" "\n" " * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" -"interface;\n" -"\n" -" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" "interface.\n" "\n" " * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" "(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" "second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" "\n" -" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer,\n" -"this is the delay granted to the user to choose -- in the bootloader menu,\n" -"another boot entry than the default one.\n" +" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n" +"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n" +"a boot entry other than the default.\n" "\n" "!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"Cancel\" here), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake\n" -"Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the\n" -"options. !!\n" +"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" -"options, which are reserved for the expert user." +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n" +"that are reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" "LILO und grub sind Betriebssystemstarter für GNU/Linux. Diese\n" "Installationsphase läuft in den meisten Fällen völlig automatisch ab. DrakX\n" "analysiert den Bootsektor und ergreift dann die passenden Maßnahmen:\n" "\n" -" * Findet DrakX einen Windows-Bootsektor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen grub\n" +" * Findet DrakX einen Windows-Bootsektor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen grub-\n" "oder LILO-Bootsektor. Sie erhalten dadurch die Möglichkeit, beim\n" "Systemstart zwischen Windows (bzw. anderen Betriebssystemen, sofern\n" -"vorhanden) und Windows auszuwählen;\n" +"vorhanden) und GNU/Linux auszuwählen;\n" "\n" " * Findet DrakX einen Linux-Bootsektor vor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen\n" "neuen;\n" @@ -799,56 +730,62 @@ msgid "" "\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" -"Es wurde mehr als eine Windows Partition gefunden. Wählen Sie bitte, welche\n" -"sie verleinern wollen, um Platz für Ihr neues Mandrake Linux zu schaffen.\n" +"Es wurde mehr als eine Windows-Partition gefunden. Wählen Sie bitte, welche\n" +"sie verkleinern wollen, um Platz für Ihr neues Mandrake Linux zu schaffen.\n" "\n" -"Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Linux Name“, „Windows\n" -"Name“, „Kapazität“.\n" +"Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Linux-Name“,\n" +"„Windows-Name“, „Kapazität“.\n" "\n" -"„Linux Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n" +"„Linux-Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n" "„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa „hda1“).\n" "\n" -"„Hard drive type“ ist „hd“, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI Platte ist und\n" -"„sd“, wenn es sich um eine SCSI Platte handelt.\n" +"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI-Platte ist, und\n" +"„sd“, wenn es sich um eine SCSI-Platte handelt.\n" "\n" "„Festplattennummer“ ist immer der Buchstabe hinter dem Festplattentyp. Bei\n" -"IDE Platten bedeutet:\n" +"IDE-Platten bedeutet:\n" "\n" -" * „a“ bedeutet „Master Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" +" * „a“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -" * „b“ bedeutet „Slave Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" +" * „b“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -" * „c“ bedeutet „Master Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" +" * „c“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -" * „d“ bedeutet „Slave Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" +" * „d“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -"Bei SCSI Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI ID“, „b“ für\n" -"„zweitniedrigste SCSI ID“, etc.\n" +"Bei SCSI-Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI-ID“, „b“ für\n" +"„zweitniedrigste SCSI-ID“, etc.\n" "\n" -"„Windows Name“ ist der Buchstabe, den die Partition unter Windows erhalten\n" +"„Windows-Name“ ist der Buchstabe, den die Partition unter Windows erhalten\n" "würde (die erste Partition der ersten Platte heißt „C:“)." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSes may offer\n" -"you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two.\n" -"\n" -" * \"pdq\" -- which means ``print, don't queue'', is the choice if you have\n" -"a direct connection to your printer and you want to be able to panic out of\n" -"printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. It will handle only\n" -"very simple network cases and is somewhat slow for networks. Pick \"pdq\"\n" -"if this is your first voyage to GNU/Linux. You can change your choices\n" -"after installation by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control Center\n" -"and clicking the expert button.\n" -"\n" -" * \"CUPS\" -- ``Common Unix Printing System'', is excellent at printing to\n" -"your local printer and also halfway-around the planet. It is simple and can\n" -"act as a server or a client for the ancient \"lpd\" printing system. Hence,\n" -"it is compatible with the systems that went before. It can do many tricks,\n" -"but the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need this to\n" -"emulate an \"lpd\" server, you must turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. It has\n" -"graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer options." +"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" +"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n" +"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n" +"\n" +" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" +"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n" +"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n" +"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n" +"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq \" if this is your\n" +"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" +" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" +"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n" +"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n" +"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n" +"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" +"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n" +"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n" +"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n" +"printer.\n" +"\n" +"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n" +"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n" +"Center and clicking the expert button." msgstr "" "Hier können Sie das Drucksystem für Ihren Rechner wählen. Andere\n" "Betriebssysteme bieten Ihnen nur eines, bei Mandrake Linux können Sie\n" @@ -860,8 +797,8 @@ msgstr "" "Drucksystem Ihrer Wahl. Es kann zwar auch mit Netzwerkdruckern umgehen, ist\n" "dabei aber extrem langsam. Wählen Sie „pdq“, wenn Sie ein GNU/Linux Neuling\n" "sind. Sie können diese Wahl später immer wieder ändern, indem Sie\n" -"PrinterDrake im Mandrake Kontrollzentrum starten und dort die Schaltfläche\n" -"„>Expertenmodus“ betätigen.\n" +"PrinterDrake im Mandrake-Kontrollzentrum starten und dort die Schaltfläche\n" +"„Expertenmodus“ betätigen.\n" "\n" " * „CUPS“ - Mit dem „Common Unix Printing System“ (engl. für „Allgemeines\n" "Unix-Drucksystem“) können Sie ebenso gut um auf Ihrem direkt\n" @@ -871,38 +808,35 @@ msgstr "" "verwendet werden - Es ist somit rückwärtskompatibel. Es ist sehr mächtig,\n" "in seiner Grundeinstellung verhält es sich jedoch genau wie „pdq“. Wenn Sie\n" "einen „lpd“ Server benötigen, müssen Sie einfach nur den „cups-lpd“ Dämon\n" -"starten. CUPS bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs.\n" -"\n" -" * „lprNG“ - „line printer daemon New Generation“ (engl. für\n" -"„Zeilendrucker-Dämon - Neue Generation“). Dieses System bietet etwa das\n" -"gleiche, was die beiden vorherigen können, es erlaubt Ihnen jedoch auch auf\n" -"Drucker in Novell Netzwerken zuzugreifen, da es das IPX Protokoll\n" -"beherrscht. Falls Sie das benötigen, verwenden Sie „lprNG“. Andernfalls ist\n" -"„CUPS“ vorzuziehen, da es benutzerfreundlicher ist und in\n" -"Nicht-IPX-Netzwerken besser funktioniert." +"starten. CUPS bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse possesses. If not,\n" -"it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" -"emulation. DrakX will automatically know whether it is a PS/2, serial or\n" -"USB mouse.\n" +"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" +"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" +"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n" +"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n" +"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" +"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" -"If you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select the appropriate\n" -"type from the provided list.\n" +"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" +"from the provided list.\n" "\n" "If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" -"correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" -"to \"Cancel\" and choose again.\n" -"\n" -"Sometimes, wheel mouses are not automatically detected. You will need to\n" -"manually select it in the list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" -"the correct port it is attached to. After you have pressed the \"OK\"\n" -"button, a mouse image will be displayed. You then need to move the wheel of\n" -"your mouse to activate it correctly. Then test that all buttons and\n" -"movements are correct." +"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n" +"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n" +"go back to the list of choices.\n" +"\n" +"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" +"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" +"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" +"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n" +"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n" +"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n" +"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n" +"your mouse." msgstr "" "„DrakX“ versucht normalerweise die Anzahl Tasten Ihrer Maus zu erkennen.\n" "Sollte das nicht möglich sein, so behandelt es Ihre Maus als\n" @@ -930,26 +864,24 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You are now able to set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"OK\".\n" -"The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If this\n" -"detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto-detection\" box next time. You may\n" -"also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" -"simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n" +"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n" +"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n" +"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n" +"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" -"Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" -"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" +"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" "\n" -"Here, we will not detail each configuration. Simply make sure that you have\n" -"all the parameters from your Internet Service Provider or system\n" -"administrator.\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" "\n" "You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" "for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" -"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.\n" -"\n" -"If you wish to configure the network later after installation, or if you\n" -"are finished configuring your network connection, click \"Cancel\"." +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie Ihren Computer mit dem Internet oder mit einem lokalen Netzwerk\n" "verbinden wollen, dann wählen Sie bitte die entsprechende Option aus. Bitte\n" @@ -965,30 +897,43 @@ msgstr "" "sicher, dass Sie die nötigen Parameter von Ihrem Internet Provider oder\n" "Systemadministrator erhalten haben.\n" "\n" -"Weitere Einzelheiten, die hier bereits hilfreich sein können, erhalten Sie\n" -"im Kapitel DrakNet. Falls Sie unsicher sind, warten Sie ab, bis die\n" -"Installation beendet ist und verwenden Sie danach das beschriebene\n" -"Programm, um Ihre Verbindung einzurichten.\n" +"Lesen Sie im Kapitel über den Internetzugang im „Starter Handbuch“ nach,\n" +"umsich über Details der Konfiguration zu informieren, oder benutzen Sie das\n" +"dort beschriebene Programm nachdem Sie die Installation fertiggestellt\n" +"haben.\n" "\n" "Wenn Sie Ihr Netzwerk erst nach Abschluss der Installation einrichten\n" -"wollen oder sobald Sie die Konfiguration beendet haben, klicken Sie auf\n" -"„Abbrechen“." +"wollen, klicken Sie auf „Abbruch“." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" +"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" +"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n" +"computer." +msgstr "" +"Lesen Sie bitte aufmerksam die Lizenz, bevor Sie fortfahren. Sie umfasst\n" +"die gesamte Mandrake Linux Distribution. Sollten Sie nicht in allen Punkten\n" +"zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „Zurückweisen“, um die\n" +"Installation abzubrechen. Um mit der Installation fortzufahren, betätigen\n" +"Sie die Schaltfläche „Akzeptieren“." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"This step is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" "\n" -"Here are listed all the services available with the current installation.\n" -"Review them carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at boot\n" -"time.\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n" +"boot time.\n" "\n" -"You can get a short explanatory text about a service by selecting a\n" -"specific service. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful\n" -"or not, it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" "\n" "!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you will probably not want to start any services which you do not\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" "need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" "enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" "!!" @@ -1017,53 +962,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" "system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" -"you are not supposed to know them all by heart.\n" -"\n" -"If you are performing a standard installation from a CD-ROM, you will first\n" -"be asked to specify the CDs you currently have (in Expert mode only). Check\n" -"the CD labels and highlight the boxes corresponding to the CDs you have\n" -"available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue.\n" +"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" +"similar applications.\n" "\n" -"Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" -"machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections:\n" +"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" +"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" +"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n" +"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" +"``Development'' container installed.\n" "\n" " * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" -"select one or more of the corresponding groups;\n" +"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n" +"container.\n" "\n" -" * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose\n" -"the desired group(s);\n" +" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n" +"the appropriate packages from the container.\n" "\n" -" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, you will be able\n" -"to select which of the most common services you wish to install on your\n" -"machine;\n" +" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n" +"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Environment\": finally, this is where you will choose your\n" -"preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want\n" -"to have a graphical workstation!\n" +" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n" +"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n" +"graphical interface available.\n" "\n" "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" "text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" -"installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" "different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * \"With X\": install the fewest packages possible to have a working\n" -"graphical desktop;\n" +" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +"working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" " * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" "utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" -"setting up a server;\n" +"setting up a server.\n" "\n" -" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the strict minimum necessary to\n" -"get a working Linux system, in command line only. This installation is\n" -"about 65Mb large.\n" +" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n" +"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n" +"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n" +"installation is 65 megabytes.\n" "\n" "You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" "you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" "total control over what will be installed.\n" "\n" "If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" -"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful to repair or\n" -"update an existing system." +"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." msgstr "" "Nun ist es Zeit sich zu entscheiden, welche Programme Sie auf Ihrem Rechner\n" "installieren wollen. Es gibt tausende von Paketen für Mandrake Linux, und\n" @@ -1119,25 +1065,18 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." -msgstr "" -"Haben Sie bitte etwas Geduld. Diese Aktion kann einige Minuten dauern." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" -"local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" -"to deactivate this by unselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" -"hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" -"machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate\n" -"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the\n" -"list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you\n" -"must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will\n" -"actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used\n" -"by other machines on your local network." +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n" +"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n" +"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n" +"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n" +"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n" +"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n" +"server that can used by other machines on your local network." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux arbeitet mit GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) und übersetzt diese anhand\n" "der Zeitzone in Ihre lokale Zeit.\n" @@ -1154,9 +1093,9 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" -"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" -"current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required." +"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" +"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n" +"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." msgstr "" "Da die Mandrake Linux-Distribution stetig wächst, wurde sie in mehrere\n" "CD-ROMs unterteilt. Es kann daher vorkommen, dass „DrakX“ Pakete von\n" @@ -1166,40 +1105,40 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This is the most crucial decision in regards with the security of your\n" -"GNU/Linux system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the\n" -"system administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add\n" -"users, change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short,\n" -"\"root\" can do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is\n" -"difficult to guess -- DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can\n" -"see, you can choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" -"against this if only for one reason: do not think that because you booted\n" -"GNU/Linux that your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since\n" -"\"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on\n" -"partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is\n" -"important for it to be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" +"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" +"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" +"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" +"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" +"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n" +"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n" +"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n" +"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n" "\n" "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n" "easy to compromise a system.\n" "\n" -"However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because\n" -"you must be able to remember it without too much effort.\n" +"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n" +"must be able to remember it!\n" "\n" -"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. Hence, you\n" -"will have to type the password twice to reduce the chance of a typing\n" -"error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n" +"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n" +"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" "``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" "\n" -"In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" -"authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" +"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n" +"server, clisk the \"Advanced\" button.\n" "\n" "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n" -"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you have no\n" -"clue, ask your network administrator.\n" +"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n" +"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" -"If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" -"want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." +"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n" +"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n" +"and if you trust anybody having access to it." msgstr "" "Sie können nun das »root« Passwort für Ihr Mandrake Linux System eingeben.\n" "Das Passwort muss zweimal eingegeben werden, um sicher zu stellen, dass Sie\n" @@ -1216,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "" "kein Passwort zu vergeben. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch dringend davon ab!\n" "Glauben Sie nicht, dass nur, weil Sie GNU/Linux geladen haben, Ihre anderen\n" "Betriebssysteme vor Fehlern sicher sind. »root« hat keine Beschränkungen.\n" -"Er könnte beispielsweise unbeabsichtigterweise alle Daten auf allen\n" +"Er könnte beispielsweise unbeabsichtigt erweise alle Daten auf allen\n" "Partitionen löschen, weil er unvorsichtigerweise auf die Partitionen selber\n" "zugegriffen hat!\n" "\n" @@ -1246,26 +1185,11 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" -"covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" -"all the terms included in it, click on the \"Refuse\" button which will\n" -"immediately terminate the installation. To continue with the installation,\n" -"click on the \"Accept\" button." -msgstr "" -"Lesen Sie bitte aufmerksam die die Lizenz, bevor Sie fortfahren. Sie\n" -"umfasst die gesamte Mandrake Linux Distribution. Sollten Sie nicht in allen\n" -"Punkten zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „Zurückweisen“, um\n" -"die Installation abzubrechen. Um mit der Installation fortzufahren\n" -"betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Akzeptieren“." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" -"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" -"installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n" -"partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n" -"able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" +"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" +"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" +"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" +"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" "separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n" "(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" "\n" @@ -1297,7 +1221,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Einhängpunkte selbst zu definieren, denken Sie bitte daran, dass Sie\n" "zumindest eine Verzeichnisbaumwurzel („/“ benötigen. Wählen Sie die\n" "Partitionen nicht zu klein, da Sie sonst nicht genügend Programme\n" -"installieren können. Wenn Sie Ihre peröchen Daten auf einer eigenen\n" +"installieren können. Wenn Sie Ihre persönlichen Daten auf einer eigenen\n" "Partition halten wollen, legen Sie sich eine Partition namens „/home“ an.\n" "\n" "Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Name“, „Kapazität“.\n" @@ -1305,66 +1229,68 @@ msgstr "" "„Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n" "„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa „hda1“).\n" "\n" -"„Hard drive type“ ist „hd“, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI Platte ist und\n" -"„sd“, wenn es sich um eine SCSI Platte handelt.\n" +"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI-Platte ist, und\n" +"„sd“, wenn es sich um eine SCSI-Platte handelt.\n" "\n" "„Festplattennummer“ ist immer der Buchstabe hinter dem Festplattentyp. Bei\n" -"IDE Platten bedeutet:\n" +"IDE-Platten bedeutet:\n" "\n" -" * „a“ bedeutet „Master Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" +" * „a“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -" * „b“ bedeutet „Slave Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" +" * „b“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -" * „c“ bedeutet „Master Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" +" * „c“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -" * „d“ bedeutet „Slave Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" +" * „d“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -"Bei SCSI Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI ID“, „b“ für\n" -"„zweitniedrigste SCSI ID“, etc." +"Bei SCSI-Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI-ID“, „b“ für\n" +"„zweitniedrigste SCSI-ID“, etc." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" -"any Windows data.\n" +"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n" +"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n" +"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n" +"including any Windows data.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Cancel\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" "partitions present on this hard drive." msgstr "" "Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „OK“, wenn Sie alle Partitionen und die\n" "darauf befindlichen Daten löschen wollen. Bedenken Sie, dass Sie nach\n" -"betätigen der Schaltfläche auch an die möglichweise noch vorhandenen\n" -"Windows Daten nicht mehr gelangen werden!\n" +"betätigen der Schaltfläche auch an die möglicherweise noch vorhandenen\n" +"Windows-Daten nicht mehr gelangen werden!\n" "\n" -"Wählen Sie „Abbruch“, um ohne Datenverlust die Aktion abtzubrechen." +"Wählen Sie „Abbruch“, um die Aktion ohne Datenverlust abzubrechen." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n" +"handy.\n" +"\n" "The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" -"booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" -"at the prompt. But in case your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you\n" -"should come back to this step for help in at least two situations:\n" -"\n" -" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (\n" -"MBR) of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to\n" -"allow you to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have\n" -"Windows in your system). If you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" -"install process will rewrite the boot sector, and then you will not be able\n" -"to start GNU/Linux!\n" -"\n" -" * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard\n" -"disk, this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It\n" -"contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has\n" -"crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" -"password, or any other reason.\n" -"\n" -"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to enter a disk inside the drive. The\n" -"floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which you do not\n" -"need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite the whole\n" -"disk." +"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n" +"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n" +"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" +"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n" +"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n" +"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n" +"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n" +"any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n" +"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n" +"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk." msgstr "" "Die Mandrake Linux CD-ROM hat einen eingebauten Rettungsmodus. Sie\n" "erreichen ihn durch Starten von CD-ROM, und Drücken von »F1« bei\n" @@ -1397,40 +1323,39 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, depending on whether or not you chose to be able to select\n" -"individual packages, you will be presented a tree containing all packages\n" -"classified by groups and subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select\n" -"entire groups, subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" +"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" "\n" "Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" -"right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" -"will then launch the installation process. Depending on the speed of your\n" -"hardware and the number of packages that need to be installed, it may take\n" -"a while to complete the process. An installation time estimate is displayed\n" -"on the screen, to help you gauge if there is sufficient time to enjoy a cup\n" -"of coffee.\n" -"\n" -"!! If a server package has been selected, either intentionally or because\n" -"it was part of a whole group, you will be asked to confirm that you really\n" -"want those servers to be installed. Under Mandrake Linux, any installed\n" -"servers are started by default at boot time. Even if they are safe and have\n" -"no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it may happen\n" -"that security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" +"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" +"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" +"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" +"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" +"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" +"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" "finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes\" will\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n" "install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" -"default. !!\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option simply disables the warning dialog\n" -"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package. This\n" -"occurs because it has determined that it needs to satisfy a dependency with\n" -"another package in order to successfully complete the installation.\n" -"\n" -"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows to load the\n" -"package list chosen during a previous installation. Clicking on this icon\n" -"will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the end of\n" -"another installation. See the second tip of the previous step on how to\n" -"create such a floppy disk." +"default during boot. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n" +"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n" +"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n" +"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n" +"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" +"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" +"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" +"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" +"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" +"create such a floppy." msgstr "" "Schlussendlich erhalten Sie (falls Sie sich für „Individuelle Paketauswahl“\n" "entschieden haben) eine Baumliste aller Pakete die zu den von Ihnen\n" @@ -1473,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a filesystem on it).\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" "\n" "At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" "erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" @@ -1489,10 +1414,10 @@ msgid "" "the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" "it.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n" +"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" "Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" "for bad blocks on the disk." @@ -1507,15 +1432,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Es sei angemerkt, dass nicht alle Partitionen neu formatiert werden müssen.\n" "Sie sollten normalerweise nur die Partitionen neu formatieren, die\n" -"Systemdaten, jedoch keine Privatdaten enthalten (etwa „/“, „/usr“ oder\n" +"Systemdateien, jedoch keine Privatdaten enthalten (etwa „/“, „/usr“ oder\n" "„/var“). Partitionen wie etwa „/home“ sollten Sie normalerweise nicht neu\n" "formatieren.\n" "\n" -"Seien Sie sorgfältig bei der Auswahl der Partitionen. Nach dem formatieren\n" +"Seien Sie sorgfältig bei der Auswahl der Partitionen. Nach dem Formatieren\n" "sind alle zuvor darauf existierenden Daten unwiederbringlich verloren.\n" "\n" "Wenn Sie alle Einstellungen vorgenommen haben, betätigen Sie die\n" -"Schaltfläche „OK“, um mit dem Formatieren dere Partitionen zu beginnen.\n" +"Schaltfläche „OK“, um mit dem Formatieren der Partitionen zu beginnen.\n" "\n" "Betätigen Sie „Abbruch“, wenn Sie eine andere Partition für Ihr neues\n" "Mandrake Linux vorgesehen haben.\n" @@ -1526,20 +1451,21 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" -"language you have chosen). However, you might not have a keyboard that\n" -"corresponds exactly to your language: for example, if you are an English\n" -"speaking Swiss person, you may still want your keyboard to be a Swiss\n" -"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" -"yourself in the same situation. In both cases, you will have to go back to\n" -"this installation step and select an appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" +"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" +"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n" +"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n" +"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n" +"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n" +"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n" +"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" "supported keyboards.\n" "\n" -"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-latin alphabet, you will be\n" -"asked in the next dialog to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" -"keyboard layout between the latin and non-latin layouts." +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." msgstr "" "„DrakX“ wird aufgrund Ihrer Sprachauswahl das für Sie passende\n" "Tastaturlayout bereits ausgewählt haben, Sie sollten diesen Schritt\n" @@ -1561,13 +1487,51 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" -"GNU/Linux.\n" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" +"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" +"what it finds there:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" +"OS.\n" +"\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" +"bootloader.\n" +"\n" +"\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First\n" +"sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be\n" +"installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk\n" +"(\"On Floppy\").\n" "\n" -"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose \"First sector of drive\n" -"(MBR)\"." +"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n" +"handy.\n" +"\n" +"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" +"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n" +"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n" +"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" +"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n" +"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n" +"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n" +"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n" +"any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n" +"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n" +"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk." msgstr "" -"\"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo die Informationen zum Starten Ihrer\n" +"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo die Informationen zum Starten Ihrer\n" "GNU/Linux Distribution erstellt werden sollen.\n" "\n" "Sofern Sie nicht genau wissen, was sie machen sollen, wählen Sie „Erster\n" @@ -1576,32 +1540,33 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"There you are. Installation is now completed and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" -"GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as\n" -"soon as the computer has booted up again.\n" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n" +"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n" +"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n" +"start.\n" "\n" "The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n" "\n" " * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" -"which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of\n" -"an operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n" +"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" "\n" " Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" "\n" -" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the\n" -"partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive;\n" +" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n" +"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n" "\n" " * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" "completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" "\n" -" This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar\n" -"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site;\n" +" This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" +"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" "\n" -" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done\n" -"previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside\n" -"the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on\n" -"the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n" +"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n" +"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n" +"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" "\n" "(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" "\"mformat a:\")" @@ -1644,34 +1609,36 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" -"scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" +"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" -"Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" -"DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" -"if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" -"be presented with a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you\n" -"have no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of\n" -"hardware detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and\n" -"clicking \"OK\". Examine the hardware list and then click on the \"OK\"\n" -"button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n" -"\n" -"If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" -"specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" -"the card-specific options which the hardware needs to initialize. This\n" -"usually works well.\n" -"\n" -"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options which need to be passed, you\n" -"will need to manually provide options to the driver." +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX will ask you if you have\n" +"a PCI SCSI installed. Clicking \" Yes\" will display a list of SCSI cards\n" +"to choose from. Click \"No\" if you know that you have no SCSI hardware in\n" +"your machine. If you're not sure, you can check the list of hardware\n" +"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info \" and clicking\n" +"the \"Next ->\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"Next\n" +"->\" button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"\n" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" +"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" +"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" +"issues.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" +"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" +"configure the driver." msgstr "" "„DrakX“ versucht nun alle IDE Festplatten Ihres Systems zu finden. Unter\n" -"Anderem sucht „DrakX“ auch nach PCISCSI-Karten, die es kennt, um sie\n" +"Anderem sucht „DrakX“ auch nach PCI-SCSI-Karten, die es kennt, um sie\n" "automatisch mit dem richtigen Treiber einzubinden.\n" "\n" -"Falls Sie über keinen SCSI Adapter verfügen, es sich um einen ISASCSI\n" -"Adapter handelt oder um einen PCISCSI Adapter, bei dem „DrakX“ nicht weiß,\n" -"welcher Treiber funktioniert, werden Sie gebeten, „DrakX“ zu helfen.\n" +"Falls Sie über keinen SCSI Adapter verfügen, es sich um einen\n" +"ISA-SCSI-Adapter handelt oder um einen PCI-SCSI-Adapter, bei dem „DrakX“\n" +"nicht weiß, welcher Treiber funktioniert, werden Sie gebeten, „DrakX“ zu\n" +"helfen.\n" "\n" "Ist in Ihrem Rechner kein SCSI Adapter, wählen Sie einfach „Nein“. Sollten\n" "Sie Sich für „Ja“ entscheiden, erscheint eine Liste, aus der Sie Ihren\n" @@ -1687,51 +1654,51 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" -"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n" +"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" "\n" -"For other OSes, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" "partition.\n" "\n" "For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" "\n" -" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" -"prompt to select this boot option;\n" +" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" +"select this boot option.\n" "\n" " * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" -"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension;\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" -" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation;\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" -" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" -"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" -"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" -"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n" +"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n" +"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" +"The following are some examples:\n" "\n" " video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" " video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" -" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" "the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" -"boot situation;\n" +"boot situation.\n" "\n" -" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" -"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used;\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n" +"ramdisk larger than the default.\n" "\n" -" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" -"read-only, to allow a filesystem check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" -"Here, you can override this option;\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" +"You can override the default with this option.\n" "\n" " * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" "problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n" -"native frame buffer support;\n" +"native frame buffer support.\n" "\n" " * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" -"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" -"also be highlighted with a ``*'', if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" -"selections." +"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" +"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." msgstr "" "Sie können weitere yaboot Einträge angeben, etwa für andere\n" "Betriebssysteme, alternative Kerne oder ein Rettungssystem.\n" @@ -1772,7 +1739,7 @@ msgstr "" "Parameter einstellen.\n" "\n" " * „Schreiben/Lesen“: Normalerweise wird die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel zuerst\n" -"im Nur-Lese-Modus eingehängt, um eine Dateisystem Verifikation durchführen\n" +"im Nur-Lese-Modus eingehängt, um eine Dateisystem-Verifikation durchführen\n" "zu können, bevor das Betriebssystem seinen Dienst aufnimmt. Diesen Umstand\n" "können Sie hier abstellen.\n" "\n" @@ -1802,59 +1769,63 @@ msgid "" "To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" " * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" -"drive;\n" +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create ext3 and\n" -"swap partitions on your hard drive's free space;\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n" +"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n" "\n" "\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" " * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" "for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n" -"recommended to perform this step;\n" +"recommended that you perform this step.\n" "\n" -" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" -"partition table from a floppy disk;\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n" +"partition table from a floppy disk.\n" "\n" " * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" "try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" -"can fail;\n" +"doesn't always work.\n" "\n" -" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your initial\n" -"partition table;\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n" +"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" " * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" "users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" "CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" -"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n" -"partitioning;\n" +"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n" +"understanding of partitioning.\n" "\n" -" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes;\n" +" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" -"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information;\n" +"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n" +"hard drive.\n" "\n" " * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" +"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" +"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n" +"\n" "Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" -"partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows.\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n" "\n" "When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected);\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition;\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" "\n" "If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" "bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" "may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" "emergency boot situations." diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot index 542e17c3d..216ee7e47 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot @@ -3,17 +3,19 @@ # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" -"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" -"remove it. \"Add\" creates a new entry. and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" -"installation step.\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking \"Add\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"Modify\" or \"Remove\" to modify or remove it. \"OK\" validates\n" +"your changes.\n" "\n" "You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" -"anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" -"you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" msgstr "" "Luego que haya configurado los parámetros generales del cargador de\n" "arranque se mostrará la lista de opciones de arranque que estarán\n" @@ -33,23 +35,25 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" -"\n" -"Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" "\n" "Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" -"languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages\n" -"will install the language-specific files for system documentation and\n" -"applications. For example, if you host users from Spain on your machine,\n" -"select English as the main language in the tree view and in the Advanced\n" -"section, click on the box corresponding to \"Spanish|Spain\".\n" -"\n" -"Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" -"additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue.\n" -"\n" -"To switch from one language to the other, you can launch the\n" -"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the whole system\n" -"language, or as a simple user to only change that user's default language." +"languages to be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the\n" +"language-specific files for system documentation and applications. For\n" +"example, if you will host users from Spain on your machine, select English\n" +"as the default language in the tree view and \"Espanol\" in the Advanced\n" +"section.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. Once\n" +"you have selected additional locales, click the \"Next ->\" button to\n" +"continue.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" +"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" +"will only change the language settings for that particular user." msgstr "" "El primer paso es elegir el idioma de instalación. En el ejemplo se elige\n" "\"Spanish (Argentina)\"(*).\n" @@ -79,74 +83,67 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You now need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake Linux\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" -"existing operating system is using all the available space, you will need\n" -"to partition it. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of logically\n" -"dividing it to create space to install your new Mandrake Linux system.\n" -"\n" -"Because the partitioning process' effects are usually irreversible,\n" -"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if you are an inexperienced\n" -"user. Fortunately, there is a wizard which simplifies this process. Before\n" -"beginning, please consult the manual and take your time.\n" -"\n" -"If you are running the installation in Expert mode, you will enter\n" -"DiskDrake, the Mandrake Linux partitioning tool, which allows you to\n" -"fine-tune your partitions. See the DiskDrake section in the ``Starter\n" -"Guide''. From the installation interface, you can use the wizards as\n" -"described here by clicking the dialog's \"Wizard\" button.\n" -"\n" -"If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous\n" -"installation or from another partitioning tool, simply select those to\n" -"install your Linux system.\n" -"\n" -"If partitions are not defined, you will need to create them using the\n" -"wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are\n" -"available.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use free space\": this option will simply lead to an automatic\n" -"partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further;\n" +"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" +"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n" +"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n" +"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux system.\n" +"\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n" +"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n" +"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" +"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" +"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use free space\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning\n" +"of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further\n" +"prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" "Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated to\n" +"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated with\n" "each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default,\n" -"and you should generally keep them.\n" +"and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" " * \"Use the free space on the Windows partition\": if Microsoft Windows is\n" "installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you\n" "have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" -"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert\n" -"mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can\n" -"be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously\n" -"defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either..\n" -"This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and\n" -"Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see `` Erase entire disk'' solution)\n" +"or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT partition. Resizing can be performed\n" +"without the loss of any data, provided you previously defragment the\n" +"Windows partition and that it uses the FAT format. Backing up your data is\n" +"strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want to use\n" +"both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" -"than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" -"Windows to store your data or to install new software;\n" +"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" +"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" "present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system, choose this option. Be careful with this solution because you will\n" -"not be able to revert your choice after you confirm;\n" +"system, choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to\n" +"undo your choice after you confirm.\n" "\n" -" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" " * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" "begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" -"will be lost;\n" +"will be lost.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" -"your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous option. You\n" -"can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" -"know what you are doing. To know how to use the DiskDrake utility used\n" -"here, refer to the section ``Managing Your Partitions'' of the ````Starter\n" -"Guide''''" +" * \"Custom disk partitionning\": choose this option if you want to\n" +"manually partition your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but\n" +"dangerous choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why\n" +"this option is really only recommended if you have done something like this\n" +"before and have some experience. For more instructions on how to use the\n" +"DiskDrake utility, refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in\n" +"the `` ``Starter Guide''''." msgstr "" "Ahora necesita elegir el lugar de su disco rÃgido donde se instalará su\n" "sistema operativo Mandrake Linux. Si su disco rÃgido está vacÃo o si un\n" @@ -226,68 +223,6 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" -"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" -"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely.\n" -"\n" -"You will be presented the list of available resolutions and color depth\n" -"available for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you\n" -"will be able to change that after installation though). When you are\n" -"satisfied with the sample shown in the monitor, click \"OK\". A window will\n" -"then appear and ask you if you can see it.\n" -"\n" -"If you are doing an \"Expert\" installation, you will enter the X\n" -"configuration wizard. See the corresponding section of the manual for more\n" -"information about this wizard.\n" -"\n" -"If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" -"will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" -"means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" -"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen. Refer then to the video\n" -"configuration section of the user guide for more information on how to\n" -"configure your display." -msgstr "" -"X (por \"X Window System\") es el corazón de la interfaz gráfica de\n" -"GNU/Linux en el que se apoyan todos los entornos gráficos (KDE, GNOME,\n" -"AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.) que se incluyen con Mandrake Linux.\n" -"\n" -"Se le presentará la lista de resoluciones y profundidades de color\n" -"disponibles para su hardware. Elija la que mejor se ajuste a sus\n" -"necesidades (la podrá cambiar luego de la instalación) Cuando esté\n" -"satisfecho con la muestra del monitor, haga clic sobre el botón\n" -"\"Aceptar\". Aparecerá una ventana que le pregunta si la puede ver.\n" -"\n" -"Si está haciendo una instalación en modo \"Experto\", ingresará al\n" -"asistente de configuración de X. Para más información sobre este asistente\n" -"vea la sección correspondiente del manual.\n" -"\n" -"Si puede ver el mensaje durante la prueba, y responde \"SÃ\", entonces\n" -"DrakX continuará con el paso siguiente. Si no puede ver el mensaje,\n" -"simplemente significa que la configuración no era la correcta y la prueba\n" -"terminará automáticamente luego de 10 segundos, restaurando la pantalla.\n" -"Consulte la sección de configuración de vÃdeo de la guÃa del usuario para\n" -"más información sobre como configurar su pantalla." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" -"Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" -"your computer, this operation could take from a few minutes to a\n" -"significant amount of time.\n" -"\n" -"Please be patient." -msgstr "" -"En este momento se está instalando su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux\n" -"nuevo. Dependiendo de la cantidad de paquetes que instalará y de la\n" -"velocidad de su computadora, esta operación puede tomar desde unos pocos\n" -"minutos hasta una cantidad de tiempo significativa.\n" -"\n" -"Por favor, tenga paciencia." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" @@ -299,39 +234,43 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" -"own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" -"to learn more this concept. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" -"administrator, the users you add here will not be entitled to change\n" -"anything except their own files and their own configurations. You will have\n" -"to create at least one regular user for yourself. That account is where you\n" -"should log in for routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as\n" -"\"root\" everyday, it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake\n" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n" +"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide'' to\n" +"learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" +"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" +"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" +"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n" +"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n" +"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n" +"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n" "could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n" -"mistake as a regular user, you may only lose some information, but not the\n" -"entire system.\n" -"\n" -"First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course\n" -"-- as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the\n" -"first word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" -"name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" -"system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" -"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as the \"root\"\n" -"one from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it:\n" -"after all, your files are at risk.\n" -"\n" -"If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" -"a user for each one of the people meant to use that computer. When you are\n" -"finish adding all the users you want, select \"Done\".\n" +"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n" +"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" +"\n" +"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" +"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" +"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n" +"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n" +"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n" +"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n" +"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n" +"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n" +"risk.\n" +"\n" +"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n" +"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n" +"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n" "\n" "Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" "for that user (bash by default).\n" "\n" -"When you are finished adding all users, you will be proposed to choose a\n" -"user which can automatically log into the system when the computer boots\n" -"up. If you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Yes\".\n" -"If you are not interested in this feature, click \"No\"." +"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" +"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" +"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n" +"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n" +"to use this feature?\" box." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux es un sistema multiusuario, y esto significa que cada usuario\n" "puede tener sus preferencias propias, sus archivos propios, y asÃ\n" @@ -387,19 +326,19 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" -"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" -"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" -"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to\n" -"choose the correct parameters.\n" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" +"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" +"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" +"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" +"parameters.\n" "\n" "Yaboot's main options are:\n" "\n" -" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt;\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" "to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" -"to hold this information;\n" +"to hold this information.\n" "\n" " * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" "yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" @@ -410,10 +349,10 @@ msgid "" "default kernel description is selected;\n" "\n" " * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" -"at the first boot prompt;\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" -"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt;\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" "Firmware Delay expires." @@ -454,12 +393,13 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" -"machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" -"the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" -"However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" -"ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to\n" -"get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\"\n" +"chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to get more information about the\n" +"meaning of these levels.\n" "\n" "If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." msgstr "" @@ -485,35 +425,52 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" -"your installed hardware, you may (or may not), see the following entries:\n" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n" +"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n" +"or all of the following entries:\n" "\n" " * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" -"to change it if necessary;\n" +"to change it if necessary.\n" "\n" " * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n" -"the button to change that if necessary;\n" +"the button to change that if necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the button and choose another one.\n" "\n" -" * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the\n" -"language you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard,\n" -"you may not be in the country for which the chosen language should\n" -"correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in\n" -"order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" +" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n" +"primary language you have chosen. But here, just as in your choice of a\n" +"keyboard, you may not be in the country for which the chosen language\n" +"should correspond. You may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button to\n" +"configure the clock for the correct timezone.\n" "\n" " * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the correpsonding chapter of the ``Starter\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" "Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used at installation time;\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n" +"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n" +"interface in \"800x600\" resolution. If that does not suits you, click on\n" +"the button to reconfigure your grapical interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n" +"access now, you can by clicking on this button.\n" "\n" -" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n" +"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +"another driver.\n" +"\n" +" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on the button to\n" +"try to configure it manually.\n" "\n" " * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n" "displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n" -"associated to it." +"associated with the card." msgstr "" "Aquà se le presentan varios parámetros que conciernen a su máquina.\n" "Dependiendo de su hardware instalado, puede - o no, ver las entradas\n" @@ -553,39 +510,26 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" -"installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\") over your\n" -"installation. You can also choose to do a new installation or upgrade your\n" -"existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. However, depending on\n" -"what is currently installed on your machine, you may be able to keep some\n" -"old partitions (Linux or otherwise) unchanged;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" -"packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps your\n" -"hard drives' current partitions as well as user configurations. All other\n" -"configuration steps remain available, similar to a normal installation;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this new installation class allows you to\n" -"upgrade an existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system\n" -"configurations unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation\n" -"is also possible.\n" -"\n" -"Upgrades should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems using version \"8.1\"\n" -"or later.\n" -"\n" -"Depending on your GNU/Linux knowledge, select one of the following choices:\n" -"\n" -" * Recommended: choose this if you have never installed a GNU/Linux\n" -"operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" -"asked a few questions;\n" -"\n" -" * Expert: if you have a good GNU/Linux understanding, you may wish to\n" -"perform a highly customized installation. Some of the decisions you will\n" -"have to make may be difficult if you do not have good GNU/Linux knowledge,\n" -"so it is not recommended that those without a fair amount of experience\n" -"select this installation class." +"This step is activated only if an ols GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n" +"your machine.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n" +"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n" +"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n" +"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n" +"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n" +"being over- written.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" +"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n" +"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n" +"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n" +"\n" +"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n" +"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n" +"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended." msgstr "" "DrakX ahora necesita saber si desea realizar una instalación por defecto\n" "(\"Recomendada\") o si desea tener un control mayor (\"Experto\"). También\n" @@ -633,16 +577,16 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" -"packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" -"been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" +"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" "updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" "\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" "to install updated packages later.\n" "\n" "Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. Then a package-selection tree\n" -"appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and\n" -"install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n" +"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n" +"the selected package( s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." msgstr "" "Es probable que cuando instale Mandrake Linux algunos paquetes se hayan\n" "actualizado desde la publicación inicial. Se pueden haber corregido algunos\n" @@ -652,7 +596,7 @@ msgstr "" "Internet, o \"No\" si prefiere instalar los paquetes actualizados más\n" "tarde.\n" "\n" -"Si elije \"SÃ\" se muestra una lista de lugares desde los que se pueden\n" +"Si elige \"SÃ\" se muestra una lista de lugares desde los que se pueden\n" "obtener las actualizaciones. Elija el más cercano a Usted. Luego aparece un\n" "árbol de selección de paquetes: revise la selección y presione \"Instalar\"\n" "para transferir e instalar los paquetes seleccionados, o \"Cancelar\" para\n" @@ -661,44 +605,32 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" -"automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" -"accordingly, depending on what it finds there:\n" +"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" -"boot sector. Hence, you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" -"OS;\n" +" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" -"one.\n" +" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -"if in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Bootloader to use\": you have three choices:\n" -"\n" -" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu);\n" +" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" +"interface.\n" "\n" " * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" -"interface;\n" -"\n" -" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" "interface.\n" "\n" " * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" "(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" "second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" "\n" -" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer,\n" -"this is the delay granted to the user to choose -- in the bootloader menu,\n" -"another boot entry than the default one.\n" +" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n" +"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n" +"a boot entry other than the default.\n" "\n" "!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"Cancel\" here), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake\n" -"Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the\n" -"options. !!\n" +"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" -"options, which are reserved for the expert user." +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n" +"that are reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" "LILO y grub son cargadores de arranque para GNU/Linux. Normalmente, esta\n" "etapa está completamente automatizada. De hecho, DrakX analiza el sector de\n" @@ -811,24 +743,30 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSes may offer\n" -"you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two.\n" -"\n" -" * \"pdq\" -- which means ``print, don't queue'', is the choice if you have\n" -"a direct connection to your printer and you want to be able to panic out of\n" -"printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. It will handle only\n" -"very simple network cases and is somewhat slow for networks. Pick \"pdq\"\n" -"if this is your first voyage to GNU/Linux. You can change your choices\n" -"after installation by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control Center\n" -"and clicking the expert button.\n" -"\n" -" * \"CUPS\" -- ``Common Unix Printing System'', is excellent at printing to\n" -"your local printer and also halfway-around the planet. It is simple and can\n" -"act as a server or a client for the ancient \"lpd\" printing system. Hence,\n" -"it is compatible with the systems that went before. It can do many tricks,\n" -"but the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need this to\n" -"emulate an \"lpd\" server, you must turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. It has\n" -"graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer options." +"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" +"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n" +"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n" +"\n" +" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" +"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n" +"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n" +"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n" +"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq \" if this is your\n" +"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" +" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" +"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n" +"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n" +"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n" +"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" +"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n" +"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n" +"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n" +"printer.\n" +"\n" +"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n" +"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n" +"Center and clicking the expert button." msgstr "" "Aquà seleccionamos un sistema de impresión para que use su computadora.\n" "Otros sistemas operativos pueden ofrecerle uno, pero Mandrake Linux le\n" @@ -863,25 +801,30 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse possesses. If not,\n" -"it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" -"emulation. DrakX will automatically know whether it is a PS/2, serial or\n" -"USB mouse.\n" +"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" +"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" +"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n" +"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n" +"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" +"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" -"If you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select the appropriate\n" -"type from the provided list.\n" +"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" +"from the provided list.\n" "\n" "If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" -"correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" -"to \"Cancel\" and choose again.\n" -"\n" -"Sometimes, wheel mouses are not automatically detected. You will need to\n" -"manually select it in the list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" -"the correct port it is attached to. After you have pressed the \"OK\"\n" -"button, a mouse image will be displayed. You then need to move the wheel of\n" -"your mouse to activate it correctly. Then test that all buttons and\n" -"movements are correct." +"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n" +"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n" +"go back to the list of choices.\n" +"\n" +"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" +"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" +"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" +"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n" +"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n" +"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n" +"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n" +"your mouse." msgstr "" "DrakX generalmente detecta la cantidad de botones que tiene su ratón. Si\n" "no, asume que Usted tiene un ratón de dos botones y lo configurará para que\n" @@ -891,7 +834,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea especificar un tipo de ratón diferente, seleccione el tipo\n" "apropiado de la lista que se proporciona.\n" "\n" -"Si elije un ratón distinto al predeterminado, se le presentará una pantalla\n" +"Si elige un ratón distinto al predeterminado, se le presentará una pantalla\n" "de prueba. Use los botones y la rueda para verificar que la configuración\n" "es correcta. Si el ratón no está funcionando correctamente, presione la\n" "barra espaciadora o [Intro] para \"Cancelar\" y vuelva a elegir.\n" @@ -906,26 +849,24 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You are now able to set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"OK\".\n" -"The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If this\n" -"detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto-detection\" box next time. You may\n" -"also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" -"simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n" +"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n" +"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n" +"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n" +"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" -"Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" -"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" +"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" "\n" -"Here, we will not detail each configuration. Simply make sure that you have\n" -"all the parameters from your Internet Service Provider or system\n" -"administrator.\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" "\n" "You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" "for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" -"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.\n" -"\n" -"If you wish to configure the network later after installation, or if you\n" -"are finished configuring your network connection, click \"Cancel\"." +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." msgstr "" "Ahora se le propone configurar su conexión de red/Internet. Si desea\n" "conectar su computadora a la Internet o a una red de área local, haga clic\n" @@ -954,18 +895,32 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" +"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" +"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n" +"computer." +msgstr "" +"Antes de continuar, deberÃa leer cuidadosamente los términos de la\n" +"licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandrake Linux, y si Usted\n" +"no está de acuerdo con todos los términos en ella, haga clic sobre el botón\n" +"\"Rechazar\". Esto terminará la instalación de inmediato. Para continuar\n" +"con la instalación, haga clic sobre el botón \"Aceptar\"." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"This step is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" "\n" -"Here are listed all the services available with the current installation.\n" -"Review them carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at boot\n" -"time.\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n" +"boot time.\n" "\n" -"You can get a short explanatory text about a service by selecting a\n" -"specific service. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful\n" -"or not, it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" "\n" "!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you will probably not want to start any services which you do not\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" "need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" "enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" "!!" @@ -992,53 +947,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" "system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" -"you are not supposed to know them all by heart.\n" +"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" +"similar applications.\n" "\n" -"If you are performing a standard installation from a CD-ROM, you will first\n" -"be asked to specify the CDs you currently have (in Expert mode only). Check\n" -"the CD labels and highlight the boxes corresponding to the CDs you have\n" -"available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue.\n" -"\n" -"Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" -"machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections:\n" +"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" +"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" +"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n" +"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" +"``Development'' container installed.\n" "\n" " * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" -"select one or more of the corresponding groups;\n" +"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n" +"container.\n" "\n" -" * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose\n" -"the desired group(s);\n" +" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n" +"the appropriate packages from the container.\n" "\n" -" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, you will be able\n" -"to select which of the most common services you wish to install on your\n" -"machine;\n" +" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n" +"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Environment\": finally, this is where you will choose your\n" -"preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want\n" -"to have a graphical workstation!\n" +" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n" +"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n" +"graphical interface available.\n" "\n" "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" "text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" -"installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" "different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * \"With X\": install the fewest packages possible to have a working\n" -"graphical desktop;\n" +" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +"working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" " * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" "utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" -"setting up a server;\n" +"setting up a server.\n" "\n" -" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the strict minimum necessary to\n" -"get a working Linux system, in command line only. This installation is\n" -"about 65Mb large.\n" +" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n" +"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n" +"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n" +"installation is 65 megabytes.\n" "\n" "You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" "you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" "total control over what will be installed.\n" "\n" "If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" -"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful to repair or\n" -"update an existing system." +"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." msgstr "" "Ahora es el momento de especificar los programas que desea instalar en su\n" "sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mandrake Linux, y no se\n" @@ -1094,25 +1050,18 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." -msgstr "" -"Por favor, tenga paciencia. Esta operación puede tomar varios minutos." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" -"local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" -"to deactivate this by unselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" -"hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" -"machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate\n" -"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the\n" -"list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you\n" -"must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will\n" -"actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used\n" -"by other machines on your local network." +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n" +"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n" +"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n" +"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n" +"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n" +"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n" +"server that can used by other machines on your local network." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux administra la hora en GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\", Hora del\n" "Meridiano de Greenwich) y la traduce a la hora local de acuerdo al huso\n" @@ -1132,9 +1081,9 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" -"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" -"current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required." +"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" +"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n" +"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." msgstr "" "La instalación de Mandrake Linux se divide en varios CD-ROMs. DrakX sabe si\n" "un paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD y expulsará el CD corriente\n" @@ -1143,40 +1092,40 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This is the most crucial decision in regards with the security of your\n" -"GNU/Linux system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the\n" -"system administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add\n" -"users, change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short,\n" -"\"root\" can do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is\n" -"difficult to guess -- DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can\n" -"see, you can choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" -"against this if only for one reason: do not think that because you booted\n" -"GNU/Linux that your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since\n" -"\"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on\n" -"partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is\n" -"important for it to be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" +"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" +"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" +"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" +"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" +"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n" +"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n" +"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n" +"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n" "\n" "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n" "easy to compromise a system.\n" "\n" -"However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because\n" -"you must be able to remember it without too much effort.\n" +"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n" +"must be able to remember it!\n" "\n" -"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. Hence, you\n" -"will have to type the password twice to reduce the chance of a typing\n" -"error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n" +"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n" +"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" "``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" "\n" -"In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" -"authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" +"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n" +"server, clisk the \"Advanced\" button.\n" "\n" "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n" -"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you have no\n" -"clue, ask your network administrator.\n" +"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n" +"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" -"If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" -"want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." +"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n" +"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n" +"and if you trust anybody having access to it." msgstr "" "Este es el punto de decisión más crucial para la seguridad de su sistema\n" "GNU/Linux: tendrá que ingresar la contraseña de \"root\". \"root\" es el\n" @@ -1219,26 +1168,11 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" -"covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" -"all the terms included in it, click on the \"Refuse\" button which will\n" -"immediately terminate the installation. To continue with the installation,\n" -"click on the \"Accept\" button." -msgstr "" -"Antes de continuar, deberÃa leer cuidadosamente los términos de la\n" -"licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandrake Linux, y si Usted\n" -"no está de acuerdo con todos los términos en ella, haga clic sobre el botón\n" -"\"Rechazar\". Esto terminará la instalación de inmediato. Para continuar\n" -"con la instalación, haga clic sobre el botón \"Aceptar\"." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" -"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" -"installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n" -"partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n" -"able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" +"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" +"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" +"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" +"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" "separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n" "(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" "\n" @@ -1302,12 +1236,12 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" -"any Windows data.\n" +"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n" +"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n" +"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n" +"including any Windows data.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Cancel\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" "partitions present on this hard drive." msgstr "" "Haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" si desea borrar todos los datos y particiones\n" @@ -1321,28 +1255,30 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n" +"handy.\n" +"\n" "The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" -"booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" -"at the prompt. But in case your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you\n" -"should come back to this step for help in at least two situations:\n" -"\n" -" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (\n" -"MBR) of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to\n" -"allow you to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have\n" -"Windows in your system). If you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" -"install process will rewrite the boot sector, and then you will not be able\n" -"to start GNU/Linux!\n" -"\n" -" * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard\n" -"disk, this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It\n" -"contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has\n" -"crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" -"password, or any other reason.\n" -"\n" -"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to enter a disk inside the drive. The\n" -"floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which you do not\n" -"need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite the whole\n" -"disk." +"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n" +"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n" +"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" +"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n" +"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n" +"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n" +"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n" +"any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n" +"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n" +"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk." msgstr "" "El CD-ROM de Mandrake Linux tiene un modo de rescate incorporado. Usted\n" "puede acceder al mismo arrancando desde el CD-ROM, presionando la tecla\n" @@ -1372,40 +1308,39 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, depending on whether or not you chose to be able to select\n" -"individual packages, you will be presented a tree containing all packages\n" -"classified by groups and subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select\n" -"entire groups, subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" +"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" "\n" "Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" -"right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" -"will then launch the installation process. Depending on the speed of your\n" -"hardware and the number of packages that need to be installed, it may take\n" -"a while to complete the process. An installation time estimate is displayed\n" -"on the screen, to help you gauge if there is sufficient time to enjoy a cup\n" -"of coffee.\n" -"\n" -"!! If a server package has been selected, either intentionally or because\n" -"it was part of a whole group, you will be asked to confirm that you really\n" -"want those servers to be installed. Under Mandrake Linux, any installed\n" -"servers are started by default at boot time. Even if they are safe and have\n" -"no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it may happen\n" -"that security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" +"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" +"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" +"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" +"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" +"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" +"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" "finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes\" will\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n" "install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" -"default. !!\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option simply disables the warning dialog\n" -"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package. This\n" -"occurs because it has determined that it needs to satisfy a dependency with\n" -"another package in order to successfully complete the installation.\n" -"\n" -"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows to load the\n" -"package list chosen during a previous installation. Clicking on this icon\n" -"will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the end of\n" -"another installation. See the second tip of the previous step on how to\n" -"create such a floppy disk." +"default during boot. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n" +"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n" +"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n" +"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n" +"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" +"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" +"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" +"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" +"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" +"create such a floppy." msgstr "" "Finalmente, dependiendo de si Usted elige seleccionar los paquetes\n" "individuales o no, se le presentará un árbol que contiene todos los\n" @@ -1450,7 +1385,7 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a filesystem on it).\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" "\n" "At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" "erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" @@ -1466,10 +1401,10 @@ msgid "" "the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" "it.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n" +"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" "Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" "for bad blocks on the disk." @@ -1503,20 +1438,21 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" -"language you have chosen). However, you might not have a keyboard that\n" -"corresponds exactly to your language: for example, if you are an English\n" -"speaking Swiss person, you may still want your keyboard to be a Swiss\n" -"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" -"yourself in the same situation. In both cases, you will have to go back to\n" -"this installation step and select an appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" +"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" +"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n" +"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n" +"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n" +"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n" +"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n" +"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" "supported keyboards.\n" "\n" -"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-latin alphabet, you will be\n" -"asked in the next dialog to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" -"keyboard layout between the latin and non-latin layouts." +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." msgstr "" "Normalmente, DrakX selecciona el teclado adecuado para Usted (dependiendo\n" "del idioma que eligió) y Usted ni siquiera verá este paso. Sin embargo,\n" @@ -1537,11 +1473,49 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" -"GNU/Linux.\n" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" +"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" +"what it finds there:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" +"OS.\n" "\n" -"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose \"First sector of drive\n" -"(MBR)\"." +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" +"bootloader.\n" +"\n" +"\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First\n" +"sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be\n" +"installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk\n" +"(\"On Floppy\").\n" +"\n" +"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n" +"handy.\n" +"\n" +"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" +"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n" +"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n" +"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" +"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n" +"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n" +"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n" +"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n" +"any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n" +"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n" +"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk." msgstr "" "Debe indicar donde desea colocar la información necesaria para arrancar en\n" "GNU/Linux.\n" @@ -1552,32 +1526,33 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"There you are. Installation is now completed and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" -"GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as\n" -"soon as the computer has booted up again.\n" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n" +"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n" +"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n" +"start.\n" "\n" "The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n" "\n" " * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" -"which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of\n" -"an operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n" +"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" "\n" " Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" "\n" -" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the\n" -"partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive;\n" +" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n" +"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n" "\n" " * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" "completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" "\n" -" This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar\n" -"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site;\n" +" This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" +"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" "\n" -" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done\n" -"previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside\n" -"the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on\n" -"the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n" +"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n" +"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n" +"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" "\n" "(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" "\"mformat a:\")" @@ -1620,26 +1595,27 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" -"scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" +"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" -"Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" -"DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" -"if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" -"be presented with a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you\n" -"have no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of\n" -"hardware detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and\n" -"clicking \"OK\". Examine the hardware list and then click on the \"OK\"\n" -"button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n" -"\n" -"If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" -"specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" -"the card-specific options which the hardware needs to initialize. This\n" -"usually works well.\n" -"\n" -"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options which need to be passed, you\n" -"will need to manually provide options to the driver." +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX will ask you if you have\n" +"a PCI SCSI installed. Clicking \" Yes\" will display a list of SCSI cards\n" +"to choose from. Click \"No\" if you know that you have no SCSI hardware in\n" +"your machine. If you're not sure, you can check the list of hardware\n" +"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info \" and clicking\n" +"the \"Next ->\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"Next\n" +"->\" button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"\n" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" +"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" +"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" +"issues.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" +"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" +"configure the driver." msgstr "" "DrakX ahora detecta cualquier dispositivo IDE presente en su computadora.\n" "También buscará una o más tarjetas SCSI PCI en su sistema. Si se encuentra\n" @@ -1666,51 +1642,51 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" -"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n" +"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" "\n" -"For other OSes, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" "partition.\n" "\n" "For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" "\n" -" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" -"prompt to select this boot option;\n" +" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" +"select this boot option.\n" "\n" " * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" -"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension;\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" -" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation;\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" -" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" -"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" -"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" -"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n" +"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n" +"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" +"The following are some examples:\n" "\n" " video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" " video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" -" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" "the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" -"boot situation;\n" +"boot situation.\n" "\n" -" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" -"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used;\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n" +"ramdisk larger than the default.\n" "\n" -" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" -"read-only, to allow a filesystem check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" -"Here, you can override this option;\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" +"You can override the default with this option.\n" "\n" " * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" "problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n" -"native frame buffer support;\n" +"native frame buffer support.\n" "\n" " * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" -"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" -"also be highlighted with a ``*'', if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" -"selections." +"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" +"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." msgstr "" "Puede agregar entradas adicionales para Yaboot, ya sea para otros sistemas\n" "operativos, núcleos alternativos, o para una imagen de arranque de\n" @@ -1777,59 +1753,63 @@ msgid "" "To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" " * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" -"drive;\n" +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create ext3 and\n" -"swap partitions on your hard drive's free space;\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n" +"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n" "\n" "\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" " * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" "for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n" -"recommended to perform this step;\n" +"recommended that you perform this step.\n" "\n" -" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" -"partition table from a floppy disk;\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n" +"partition table from a floppy disk.\n" "\n" " * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" "try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" -"can fail;\n" +"doesn't always work.\n" "\n" -" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your initial\n" -"partition table;\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n" +"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" " * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" "users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" "CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" -"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n" -"partitioning;\n" +"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n" +"understanding of partitioning.\n" "\n" -" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes;\n" +" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" -"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information;\n" +"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n" +"hard drive.\n" "\n" " * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" +"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" +"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n" +"\n" "Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" -"partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows.\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n" "\n" "When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected);\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition;\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" "\n" "If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" "bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" "may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" "emergency boot situations." diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot index 2628d677d..d26eed9c0 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot @@ -3,17 +3,19 @@ # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" -"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" -"remove it. \"Add\" creates a new entry. and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" -"installation step.\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking \"Add\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"Modify\" or \"Remove\" to modify or remove it. \"OK\" validates\n" +"your changes.\n" "\n" "You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" -"anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" -"you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" msgstr "" "Après avoir configuré les paramètres généraux de LILO ou grub la liste des\n" "options de démarrage sera rendue disponible au démarrage.\n" @@ -31,23 +33,25 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" -"\n" -"Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" "\n" "Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" -"languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages\n" -"will install the language-specific files for system documentation and\n" -"applications. For example, if you host users from Spain on your machine,\n" -"select English as the main language in the tree view and in the Advanced\n" -"section, click on the box corresponding to \"Spanish|Spain\".\n" -"\n" -"Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" -"additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue.\n" -"\n" -"To switch from one language to the other, you can launch the\n" -"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the whole system\n" -"language, or as a simple user to only change that user's default language." +"languages to be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the\n" +"language-specific files for system documentation and applications. For\n" +"example, if you will host users from Spain on your machine, select English\n" +"as the default language in the tree view and \"Espanol\" in the Advanced\n" +"section.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. Once\n" +"you have selected additional locales, click the \"Next ->\" button to\n" +"continue.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" +"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" +"will only change the language settings for that particular user." msgstr "" "La première étape consiste à choisir votre langue.\n" "\n" @@ -74,74 +78,67 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You now need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake Linux\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" -"existing operating system is using all the available space, you will need\n" -"to partition it. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of logically\n" -"dividing it to create space to install your new Mandrake Linux system.\n" -"\n" -"Because the partitioning process' effects are usually irreversible,\n" -"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if you are an inexperienced\n" -"user. Fortunately, there is a wizard which simplifies this process. Before\n" -"beginning, please consult the manual and take your time.\n" -"\n" -"If you are running the installation in Expert mode, you will enter\n" -"DiskDrake, the Mandrake Linux partitioning tool, which allows you to\n" -"fine-tune your partitions. See the DiskDrake section in the ``Starter\n" -"Guide''. From the installation interface, you can use the wizards as\n" -"described here by clicking the dialog's \"Wizard\" button.\n" -"\n" -"If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous\n" -"installation or from another partitioning tool, simply select those to\n" -"install your Linux system.\n" -"\n" -"If partitions are not defined, you will need to create them using the\n" -"wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are\n" -"available.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use free space\": this option will simply lead to an automatic\n" -"partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further;\n" +"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" +"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n" +"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n" +"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux system.\n" +"\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n" +"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n" +"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" +"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" +"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use free space\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning\n" +"of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further\n" +"prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" "Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated to\n" +"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated with\n" "each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default,\n" -"and you should generally keep them.\n" +"and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" " * \"Use the free space on the Windows partition\": if Microsoft Windows is\n" "installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you\n" "have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" -"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert\n" -"mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can\n" -"be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously\n" -"defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either..\n" -"This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and\n" -"Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see `` Erase entire disk'' solution)\n" +"or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT partition. Resizing can be performed\n" +"without the loss of any data, provided you previously defragment the\n" +"Windows partition and that it uses the FAT format. Backing up your data is\n" +"strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want to use\n" +"both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" -"than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" -"Windows to store your data or to install new software;\n" +"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" +"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" "present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system, choose this option. Be careful with this solution because you will\n" -"not be able to revert your choice after you confirm;\n" +"system, choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to\n" +"undo your choice after you confirm.\n" "\n" -" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" " * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" "begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" -"will be lost;\n" +"will be lost.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" -"your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous option. You\n" -"can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" -"know what you are doing. To know how to use the DiskDrake utility used\n" -"here, refer to the section ``Managing Your Partitions'' of the ````Starter\n" -"Guide''''" +" * \"Custom disk partitionning\": choose this option if you want to\n" +"manually partition your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but\n" +"dangerous choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why\n" +"this option is really only recommended if you have done something like this\n" +"before and have some experience. For more instructions on how to use the\n" +"DiskDrake utility, refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in\n" +"the `` ``Starter Guide''''." msgstr "" "Cette étape vous permet de déterminer précisément l'emplacement de votre\n" "installation de Mandrake Linux. Si votre disque est vide ou utilisé par un\n" @@ -223,68 +220,6 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" -"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" -"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely.\n" -"\n" -"You will be presented the list of available resolutions and color depth\n" -"available for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you\n" -"will be able to change that after installation though). When you are\n" -"satisfied with the sample shown in the monitor, click \"OK\". A window will\n" -"then appear and ask you if you can see it.\n" -"\n" -"If you are doing an \"Expert\" installation, you will enter the X\n" -"configuration wizard. See the corresponding section of the manual for more\n" -"information about this wizard.\n" -"\n" -"If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" -"will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" -"means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" -"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen. Refer then to the video\n" -"configuration section of the user guide for more information on how to\n" -"configure your display." -msgstr "" -"X (pour le X Window system) est le coeur de votre interface graphique sous\n" -"GNU/Linux. Tous les environnements graphiques (KDE, GNOME, WindowMaker et.)\n" -"présents sur Mandrake Linux dépendent de X.\n" -"\n" -"Il vous sera présenté la liste des résolutions et nombre de couleurs\n" -"disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration qui vous\n" -"convient le mieux (vous pourrez toutefois la changer après l'installation).\n" -"Lorsque vous êtes satisfait de l'échantillon affiché sur le moniteur,\n" -"cliquez « OK ». Une fenêtre apparaît alors vous demandant si cette\n" -"configuration vous convient.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous faites une installation « Expert », vous entrerez dans\n" -"l'information de configuration de X. Voir les sections correspondantes du\n" -"manuel pour plus d'information.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous pouvez voir le message et cliquer sur « Oui », DrakX continuera à\n" -"la prochaine étape. Si vous ne pouvez voir la fenêtre, ceci signifie que le\n" -"test a échoué et vous serez ramené à l'écran précédant en 10 secondes.\n" -"Consultez la section du manuel consacrée à la configuration video pour\n" -"apprendre à configurer votre affichage." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" -"Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" -"your computer, this operation could take from a few minutes to a\n" -"significant amount of time.\n" -"\n" -"Please be patient." -msgstr "" -"Votre nouveau système Mandrake Linux est actuellement en cours\n" -"d'installation. Selon la quantité de paquetages installés et la vitesse de\n" -"votre ordinateur, la durée de cette opération peut varier de quelques\n" -"instants à plusieurs minutes.\n" -"\n" -"Votre patience sera grandement récompensée!" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" @@ -296,46 +231,50 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" -"own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" -"to learn more this concept. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" -"administrator, the users you add here will not be entitled to change\n" -"anything except their own files and their own configurations. You will have\n" -"to create at least one regular user for yourself. That account is where you\n" -"should log in for routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as\n" -"\"root\" everyday, it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake\n" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n" +"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide'' to\n" +"learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" +"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" +"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" +"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n" +"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n" +"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n" +"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n" "could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n" -"mistake as a regular user, you may only lose some information, but not the\n" -"entire system.\n" -"\n" -"First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course\n" -"-- as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the\n" -"first word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" -"name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" -"system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" -"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as the \"root\"\n" -"one from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it:\n" -"after all, your files are at risk.\n" -"\n" -"If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" -"a user for each one of the people meant to use that computer. When you are\n" -"finish adding all the users you want, select \"Done\".\n" +"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n" +"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" +"\n" +"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" +"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" +"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n" +"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n" +"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n" +"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n" +"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n" +"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n" +"risk.\n" +"\n" +"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n" +"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n" +"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n" "\n" "Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" "for that user (bash by default).\n" "\n" -"When you are finished adding all users, you will be proposed to choose a\n" -"user which can automatically log into the system when the computer boots\n" -"up. If you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Yes\".\n" -"If you are not interested in this feature, click \"No\"." +"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" +"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" +"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n" +"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n" +"to use this feature?\" box." msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux est un système multi-utilisateurs, ce qui signifie généralement\n" +"GNU/Linux est un système multiutilisateurs, ce qui signifie généralement\n" "que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des préférences différentes, ses propres\n" "fichiers, etc. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le « manuel\n" "d'utilisation ». Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les\n" "utilisateurs que vous ajouterez ici n'auront que des permissions pour agir\n" -"sur leurs propres fichiers exclusivement. L'utilisateur/administrateur\n" +"sur leurs propres fichiers exclusivement. L'utilisateur/ administrateur\n" "devrait également se créer un compte « normal ». C'est à travers cet\n" "utilisateur que celui-ci devrait se connecter pour accomplir ses tâches\n" "quotidiennes. Car, bien qu'il soit pratique d'avoir tous les accès, cette\n" @@ -385,19 +324,19 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" -"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" -"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" -"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to\n" -"choose the correct parameters.\n" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" +"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" +"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" +"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" +"parameters.\n" "\n" "Yaboot's main options are:\n" "\n" -" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt;\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" "to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" -"to hold this information;\n" +"to hold this information.\n" "\n" " * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" "yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" @@ -408,10 +347,10 @@ msgid "" "default kernel description is selected;\n" "\n" " * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" -"at the first boot prompt;\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" -"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt;\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" "Firmware Delay expires." @@ -450,12 +389,13 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" -"machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" -"the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" -"However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" -"ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to\n" -"get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\"\n" +"chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to get more information about the\n" +"meaning of these levels.\n" "\n" "If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." msgstr "" @@ -483,35 +423,52 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" -"your installed hardware, you may (or may not), see the following entries:\n" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n" +"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n" +"or all of the following entries:\n" "\n" " * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" -"to change it if necessary;\n" +"to change it if necessary.\n" "\n" " * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n" -"the button to change that if necessary;\n" +"the button to change that if necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the button and choose another one.\n" "\n" -" * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the\n" -"language you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard,\n" -"you may not be in the country for which the chosen language should\n" -"correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in\n" -"order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" +" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n" +"primary language you have chosen. But here, just as in your choice of a\n" +"keyboard, you may not be in the country for which the chosen language\n" +"should correspond. You may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button to\n" +"configure the clock for the correct timezone.\n" "\n" " * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the correpsonding chapter of the ``Starter\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" "Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used at installation time;\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" "\n" -" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n" +"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" "\n" -" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n" +"interface in \"800x600\" resolution. If that does not suits you, click on\n" +"the button to reconfigure your grapical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n" +"access now, you can by clicking on this button.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n" +"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +"another driver.\n" +"\n" +" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on the button to\n" +"try to configure it manually.\n" "\n" " * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n" "displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n" -"associated to it." +"associated with the card." msgstr "" "On vous présente ici les différents paramètres de votre système. Selon le\n" "matériel installé, certaines entrées seront présentes et d'autres pas.\n" @@ -533,51 +490,39 @@ msgstr "" "de démarrage » pour plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est\n" "documentée est similaire à celle rencontrée lors de l'installation.\n" "\n" -" * « Carte son »: si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n" +" * « Carte son » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n" "Aucune modification n'est possible à cette étape.\n" "\n" -" * « Carte TV »: si une carte d'entrée/sortie vidéo (carte TV) a été\n" -"détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Aucune modification possible à cette étape.\n" +" * « Carte TV » : si une carte d'entrée/sortie vidéo (carte TV) a été\n" +"détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous avez une carte TV et qu'elle n'a pas\n" +"été détectée, cliquez sur ce bouton pour la configurer à la main.\n" "\n" -" * « Carte ISDN »: si une carte ISDN est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n" +" * « Carte ISDN » : si une carte ISDN est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n" "Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en modifier les paramètres." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" -"installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\") over your\n" -"installation. You can also choose to do a new installation or upgrade your\n" -"existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. However, depending on\n" -"what is currently installed on your machine, you may be able to keep some\n" -"old partitions (Linux or otherwise) unchanged;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" -"packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps your\n" -"hard drives' current partitions as well as user configurations. All other\n" -"configuration steps remain available, similar to a normal installation;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this new installation class allows you to\n" -"upgrade an existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system\n" -"configurations unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation\n" -"is also possible.\n" -"\n" -"Upgrades should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems using version \"8.1\"\n" -"or later.\n" -"\n" -"Depending on your GNU/Linux knowledge, select one of the following choices:\n" -"\n" -" * Recommended: choose this if you have never installed a GNU/Linux\n" -"operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" -"asked a few questions;\n" -"\n" -" * Expert: if you have a good GNU/Linux understanding, you may wish to\n" -"perform a highly customized installation. Some of the decisions you will\n" -"have to make may be difficult if you do not have good GNU/Linux knowledge,\n" -"so it is not recommended that those without a fair amount of experience\n" -"select this installation class." +"This step is activated only if an ols GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n" +"your machine.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n" +"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n" +"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n" +"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n" +"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n" +"being over- written.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" +"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n" +"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n" +"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n" +"\n" +"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n" +"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n" +"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended." msgstr "" "DrakX doit maintenant savoir quel type d'installation vous désirez\n" "réaliser. Deux types d'installations sont proposés : Par défaut (« \n" @@ -622,16 +567,16 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" -"packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" -"been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" +"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" "updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" "\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" "to install updated packages later.\n" "\n" "Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. Then a package-selection tree\n" -"appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and\n" -"install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n" +"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n" +"the selected package( s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." msgstr "" "Au moment où vous êtes en train d'installer Mandrake Linux, il est possible\n" "que certains paquetages aient été mis à jour depuis la sortie du produit.\n" @@ -650,44 +595,32 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" -"automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" -"accordingly, depending on what it finds there:\n" -"\n" -" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" -"boot sector. Hence, you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" -"OS;\n" +"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" -"one.\n" -"\n" -"if in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options.\n" +" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader to use\": you have three choices:\n" +" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu);\n" +" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" +"interface.\n" "\n" " * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" -"interface;\n" -"\n" -" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" "interface.\n" "\n" " * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" "(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" "second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" "\n" -" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer,\n" -"this is the delay granted to the user to choose -- in the bootloader menu,\n" -"another boot entry than the default one.\n" +" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n" +"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n" +"a boot entry other than the default.\n" "\n" "!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"Cancel\" here), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake\n" -"Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the\n" -"options. !!\n" +"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" -"options, which are reserved for the expert user." +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n" +"that are reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" "LILO et grub sont deux programmes d'amorce pour GNU/Linux. Cette étape est\n" "normalement complètement automatique. En fait, DrakX analyse le secteur de\n" @@ -795,24 +728,30 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSes may offer\n" -"you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two.\n" -"\n" -" * \"pdq\" -- which means ``print, don't queue'', is the choice if you have\n" -"a direct connection to your printer and you want to be able to panic out of\n" -"printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. It will handle only\n" -"very simple network cases and is somewhat slow for networks. Pick \"pdq\"\n" -"if this is your first voyage to GNU/Linux. You can change your choices\n" -"after installation by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control Center\n" -"and clicking the expert button.\n" -"\n" -" * \"CUPS\" -- ``Common Unix Printing System'', is excellent at printing to\n" -"your local printer and also halfway-around the planet. It is simple and can\n" -"act as a server or a client for the ancient \"lpd\" printing system. Hence,\n" -"it is compatible with the systems that went before. It can do many tricks,\n" -"but the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need this to\n" -"emulate an \"lpd\" server, you must turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. It has\n" -"graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer options." +"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" +"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n" +"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n" +"\n" +" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" +"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n" +"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n" +"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n" +"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq \" if this is your\n" +"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" +" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" +"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n" +"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n" +"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n" +"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" +"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n" +"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n" +"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n" +"printer.\n" +"\n" +"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n" +"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n" +"Center and clicking the expert button." msgstr "" "Il faut choisir ici un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur. D'autres\n" "OSs offrent un, Mandrake Linux en propose deux.\n" @@ -832,31 +771,36 @@ msgstr "" "il peu agir comme serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système d'impression\n" "« lpd ». Il s'agit d'un outil très puissant, mais les configurations de\n" "bases sont aussi simple que pdq. Pour émuler un serveur lpq, partez le\n" -"deamon cups-lpq. Finalement, cups offre une interface simple pour imprimer\n" -"et choisir les imprimantes." +"démon (« daemon ») cups-lpq. Finalement, cups offre une interface simple\n" +"pour imprimer et choisir les imprimantes." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse possesses. If not,\n" -"it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" -"emulation. DrakX will automatically know whether it is a PS/2, serial or\n" -"USB mouse.\n" +"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" +"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" +"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n" +"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n" +"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" +"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" -"If you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select the appropriate\n" -"type from the provided list.\n" +"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" +"from the provided list.\n" "\n" "If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" -"correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" -"to \"Cancel\" and choose again.\n" -"\n" -"Sometimes, wheel mouses are not automatically detected. You will need to\n" -"manually select it in the list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" -"the correct port it is attached to. After you have pressed the \"OK\"\n" -"button, a mouse image will be displayed. You then need to move the wheel of\n" -"your mouse to activate it correctly. Then test that all buttons and\n" -"movements are correct." +"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n" +"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n" +"go back to the list of choices.\n" +"\n" +"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" +"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" +"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" +"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n" +"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n" +"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n" +"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n" +"your mouse." msgstr "" "DrakX détecte généralement le nombre de boutons de votre souris. Sinon, il\n" "prend pour acquis que vous avez une souris à deux boutons et configurera\n" @@ -882,36 +826,34 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You are now able to set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"OK\".\n" -"The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If this\n" -"detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto-detection\" box next time. You may\n" -"also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" -"simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n" +"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n" +"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n" +"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n" +"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" -"Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" -"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" +"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" "\n" -"Here, we will not detail each configuration. Simply make sure that you have\n" -"all the parameters from your Internet Service Provider or system\n" -"administrator.\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" "\n" "You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" "for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" -"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.\n" -"\n" -"If you wish to configure the network later after installation, or if you\n" -"are finished configuring your network connection, click \"Cancel\"." +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." msgstr "" -"Si vous désirez connecter votre système à un réseau ou à l'Internet,\n" -"cliquez sur « OK ». L'autodétection des périphériques réseau et modems sera\n" -"alors lancée. Si cette détection échoue, décochez la case « Utiliser\n" +"Si vous désirez connecter votre système à un réseau ou à Internet, cliquez\n" +"sur « OK ». L'autodétection des périphériques réseau et modem sera alors\n" +"lancée. Si cette détection échoue, décochez la case « Utiliser\n" "l'autodétection ». Vous pouvez aussi choisir de ne pas configurer le\n" "réseau, ou de le faire plus tard. Dans ce cas, cliquez simplement sur\n" "« Annuler ».\n" "\n" "Les types de connexion supportées sont : modem téléphonique, modem ISDN,\n" -"connexion ADSL, modem câble ou simplement LAN (réseau ethernet).\n" +"connexion ADSL, modem câble ou simplement LAN (réseau Ethernet).\n" "\n" "Nous ne détaillerons pas ici chacune des configurations possibles.\n" "Assurez-vous seulement que vous avez toutes les informations de votre\n" @@ -920,26 +862,38 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez consulter le chapitre du « Guide de démarrage » concernant les\n" "connexions à Internet pour plus de détails à propos des configurations\n" "spécifiques de chaque type de connexion. Vous pouvez également configurer\n" -"votre connexion à Internet une fois l'installation terminée.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous désirez configurer votre réseau plus tard ou si vous avez terminé\n" -"l'installation de votre réseau, cliquez sur « Annuler »." +"votre connexion à Internet une fois l'installation terminée." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" +"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n" +"computer." +msgstr "" +"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommandé de lire attentivement\n" +"les termes et conditions d'utilisations de la licence. Celle-ci régit\n" +"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandrake Linux. Si, pour une raison ou une\n" +"autre, vous n'acceptez pas ces conditions, cliquez sur « Refuser ».\n" +"L'installation sera alors immédiatement interrompue. Pour continuer,\n" +"cliquez sur « Accepter »." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" +"This step is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" "\n" -"Here are listed all the services available with the current installation.\n" -"Review them carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at boot\n" -"time.\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n" +"boot time.\n" "\n" -"You can get a short explanatory text about a service by selecting a\n" -"specific service. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful\n" -"or not, it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" "\n" "!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you will probably not want to start any services which you do not\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" "need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" "enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" "!!" @@ -964,53 +918,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" "system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" -"you are not supposed to know them all by heart.\n" -"\n" -"If you are performing a standard installation from a CD-ROM, you will first\n" -"be asked to specify the CDs you currently have (in Expert mode only). Check\n" -"the CD labels and highlight the boxes corresponding to the CDs you have\n" -"available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue.\n" +"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" +"similar applications.\n" "\n" -"Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" -"machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections:\n" +"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" +"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" +"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n" +"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" +"``Development'' container installed.\n" "\n" " * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" -"select one or more of the corresponding groups;\n" +"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n" +"container.\n" "\n" -" * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose\n" -"the desired group(s);\n" +" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n" +"the appropriate packages from the container.\n" "\n" -" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, you will be able\n" -"to select which of the most common services you wish to install on your\n" -"machine;\n" +" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n" +"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Environment\": finally, this is where you will choose your\n" -"preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want\n" -"to have a graphical workstation!\n" +" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n" +"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n" +"graphical interface available.\n" "\n" "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" "text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" -"installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" "different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * \"With X\": install the fewest packages possible to have a working\n" -"graphical desktop;\n" +" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +"working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" " * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" "utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" -"setting up a server;\n" +"setting up a server.\n" "\n" -" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the strict minimum necessary to\n" -"get a working Linux system, in command line only. This installation is\n" -"about 65Mb large.\n" +" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n" +"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n" +"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n" +"installation is 65 megabytes.\n" "\n" "You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" "you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" "total control over what will be installed.\n" "\n" "If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" -"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful to repair or\n" -"update an existing system." +"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." msgstr "" "C'est maintenant le moment de choisir les paquetages qui seront installés\n" "sur votre système. Sachez que Mandrake Linux contient plusieurs milliers de\n" @@ -1068,25 +1023,18 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." -msgstr "" -"Soyez patient. Cette opération peut prendre plusieurs minutes." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" -"local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" -"to deactivate this by unselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" -"hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" -"machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate\n" -"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the\n" -"list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you\n" -"must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will\n" -"actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used\n" -"by other machines on your local network." +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n" +"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n" +"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n" +"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n" +"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n" +"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n" +"server that can used by other machines on your local network." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) et la\n" "convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est néanmoins\n" @@ -1100,15 +1048,15 @@ msgstr "" "alors présentée, choisissez un serveur géographiquement proche de vous.\n" "Vous devez avoir une connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne bien\n" "entendu. Cela installera en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps\n" -"local qui pourra optionnellement être lui-même utilisé par d'autres\n" -"machines de votre réseau local." +"local qui pourra, en option, être lui-même utilisé par d'autres machines de\n" +"votre réseau local." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" -"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" -"current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required." +"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" +"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n" +"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." msgstr "" "Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandrake Linux sont distribués\n" "sur plusieurs CDROM. Heureusement, DrakX connaît l'emplacement de chacun\n" @@ -1118,40 +1066,40 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This is the most crucial decision in regards with the security of your\n" -"GNU/Linux system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the\n" -"system administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add\n" -"users, change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short,\n" -"\"root\" can do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is\n" -"difficult to guess -- DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can\n" -"see, you can choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" -"against this if only for one reason: do not think that because you booted\n" -"GNU/Linux that your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since\n" -"\"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on\n" -"partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is\n" -"important for it to be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" +"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" +"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" +"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" +"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" +"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n" +"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n" +"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n" +"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n" "\n" "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n" "easy to compromise a system.\n" "\n" -"However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because\n" -"you must be able to remember it without too much effort.\n" +"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n" +"must be able to remember it!\n" "\n" -"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. Hence, you\n" -"will have to type the password twice to reduce the chance of a typing\n" -"error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n" +"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n" +"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" "``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" "\n" -"In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" -"authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" +"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n" +"server, clisk the \"Advanced\" button.\n" "\n" "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n" -"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you have no\n" -"clue, ask your network administrator.\n" +"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n" +"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" -"If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" -"want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." +"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n" +"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n" +"and if you trust anybody having access to it." msgstr "" "Vous devez prendre ici une décision cruciale pour la sécurité de votre\n" "système. L'utilisateur « root » est l'administrateur du système qui a tous\n" @@ -1188,33 +1136,17 @@ msgstr "" "comme protocole d'authentification. En cas de doute, demandez à votre\n" "administrateur réseau.\n" "\n" -"Si votre poste n'est pas sur un réseau, choisissez « Fichiers Locales »\n" -"pour l'authentification." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" -"covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" -"all the terms included in it, click on the \"Refuse\" button which will\n" -"immediately terminate the installation. To continue with the installation,\n" -"click on the \"Accept\" button." -msgstr "" -"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommandé de lire attentivement\n" -"les termes et conditions d'utilisations de la licence. Celle-ci régit\n" -"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandrake Linux. Si, pour une raison ou une\n" -"autre, vous n'acceptez pas ces conditions, cliquez sur « Refuser ».\n" -"L'installation sera alors immédiatement interrompue. Pour continuer,\n" -"cliquez sur « Accepter »." +"Si votre poste n'est pas sur un réseau, choisissez « Fichiers Locaux » pour\n" +"l'authentification." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" -"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" -"installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n" -"partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n" -"able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" +"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" +"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" +"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" +"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" "separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n" "(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" "\n" @@ -1278,12 +1210,12 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" -"any Windows data.\n" +"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n" +"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n" +"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n" +"including any Windows data.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Cancel\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" "partitions present on this hard drive." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur « OK » si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n" @@ -1296,28 +1228,30 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n" +"handy.\n" +"\n" "The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" -"booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" -"at the prompt. But in case your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you\n" -"should come back to this step for help in at least two situations:\n" -"\n" -" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (\n" -"MBR) of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to\n" -"allow you to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have\n" -"Windows in your system). If you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" -"install process will rewrite the boot sector, and then you will not be able\n" -"to start GNU/Linux!\n" -"\n" -" * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard\n" -"disk, this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It\n" -"contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has\n" -"crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" -"password, or any other reason.\n" -"\n" -"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to enter a disk inside the drive. The\n" -"floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which you do not\n" -"need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite the whole\n" -"disk." +"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n" +"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n" +"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" +"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n" +"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n" +"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n" +"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n" +"any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n" +"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n" +"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk." msgstr "" "Le CD-ROM d'installation de Mandrake Linux a un mode de récupération\n" "prédéfini. Vous pouvez y accéder en démarrant l'ordinateur sur le CD-ROM:\n" @@ -1344,40 +1278,39 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, depending on whether or not you chose to be able to select\n" -"individual packages, you will be presented a tree containing all packages\n" -"classified by groups and subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select\n" -"entire groups, subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" +"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" "\n" "Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" -"right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" -"will then launch the installation process. Depending on the speed of your\n" -"hardware and the number of packages that need to be installed, it may take\n" -"a while to complete the process. An installation time estimate is displayed\n" -"on the screen, to help you gauge if there is sufficient time to enjoy a cup\n" -"of coffee.\n" -"\n" -"!! If a server package has been selected, either intentionally or because\n" -"it was part of a whole group, you will be asked to confirm that you really\n" -"want those servers to be installed. Under Mandrake Linux, any installed\n" -"servers are started by default at boot time. Even if they are safe and have\n" -"no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it may happen\n" -"that security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" +"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" +"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" +"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" +"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" +"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" +"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" "finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes\" will\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n" "install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" -"default. !!\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option simply disables the warning dialog\n" -"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package. This\n" -"occurs because it has determined that it needs to satisfy a dependency with\n" -"another package in order to successfully complete the installation.\n" -"\n" -"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows to load the\n" -"package list chosen during a previous installation. Clicking on this icon\n" -"will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the end of\n" -"another installation. See the second tip of the previous step on how to\n" -"create such a floppy disk." +"default during boot. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n" +"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n" +"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n" +"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n" +"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" +"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" +"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" +"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" +"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" +"create such a floppy." msgstr "" "Finalement, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les\n" "paquetages à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les\n" @@ -1419,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a filesystem on it).\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" "\n" "At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" "erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" @@ -1435,16 +1368,16 @@ msgid "" "the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" "it.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n" +"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" "Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" "for bad blocks on the disk." msgstr "" "Les partitions ayant été nouvellement définies doivent être formatées (ce\n" -"qui implique la création d'un système de fichiers.\n" +"qui implique la création d'un système de fichiers).\n" "\n" "Lors de cette étape, vous pouvez reformater des partitions existantes pour\n" "effacer les données présentes. Vous devrez alors les sélectionner\n" @@ -1455,8 +1388,8 @@ msgstr "" "d'exploitation (comme « / »,« /usr » ou « /var », mais il n'est pas\n" "nécessaire de formater les partitions de données, notamment « /home »..\n" "\n" -"Soyez prudent. Une fois les partitions sélectionnées reformatées, il sera\n" -"impossible de récupérer des données.\n" +"Soyez prudent. Une fois que les partitions sélectionnées seront\n" +"reformatées, il sera impossible de récupérer des données.\n" "\n" "Cliquez sur « OK » lorsque vous êtes prêt à formater les partitions.\n" "\n" @@ -1468,20 +1401,21 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" -"language you have chosen). However, you might not have a keyboard that\n" -"corresponds exactly to your language: for example, if you are an English\n" -"speaking Swiss person, you may still want your keyboard to be a Swiss\n" -"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" -"yourself in the same situation. In both cases, you will have to go back to\n" -"this installation step and select an appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" +"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" +"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n" +"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n" +"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n" +"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n" +"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n" +"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" "supported keyboards.\n" "\n" -"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-latin alphabet, you will be\n" -"asked in the next dialog to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" -"keyboard layout between the latin and non-latin layouts." +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." msgstr "" "Normalement, DrakX sélectionne le clavier approprié en fonction de la\n" "langue choisie et vous ne devriez pas voir cette étape. Cela dit, il est\n" @@ -1501,11 +1435,49 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" -"GNU/Linux.\n" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" +"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" +"what it finds there:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" +"OS.\n" +"\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" +"bootloader.\n" "\n" -"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose \"First sector of drive\n" -"(MBR)\"." +"\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First\n" +"sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be\n" +"installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk\n" +"(\"On Floppy\").\n" +"\n" +"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n" +"handy.\n" +"\n" +"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" +"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n" +"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n" +"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" +"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n" +"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n" +"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n" +"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n" +"any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n" +"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n" +"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk." msgstr "" "Vous devez indiquer le répertoire où vous souhaitez enregistrer les\n" "informations nécessaires au démarrage sous GNU/Linux.\n" @@ -1516,32 +1488,33 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"There you are. Installation is now completed and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" -"GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as\n" -"soon as the computer has booted up again.\n" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n" +"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n" +"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n" +"start.\n" "\n" "The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n" "\n" " * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" -"which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of\n" -"an operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n" +"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" "\n" " Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" "\n" -" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the\n" -"partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive;\n" +" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n" +"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n" "\n" " * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" "completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" "\n" -" This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar\n" -"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site;\n" +" This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" +"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" "\n" -" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done\n" -"previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside\n" -"the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on\n" -"the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n" +"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n" +"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n" +"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" "\n" "(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" "\"mformat a:\")" @@ -1581,26 +1554,27 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" -"scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" +"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" -"Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" -"DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" -"if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" -"be presented with a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you\n" -"have no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of\n" -"hardware detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and\n" -"clicking \"OK\". Examine the hardware list and then click on the \"OK\"\n" -"button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n" -"\n" -"If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" -"specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" -"the card-specific options which the hardware needs to initialize. This\n" -"usually works well.\n" -"\n" -"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options which need to be passed, you\n" -"will need to manually provide options to the driver." +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX will ask you if you have\n" +"a PCI SCSI installed. Clicking \" Yes\" will display a list of SCSI cards\n" +"to choose from. Click \"No\" if you know that you have no SCSI hardware in\n" +"your machine. If you're not sure, you can check the list of hardware\n" +"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info \" and clicking\n" +"the \"Next ->\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"Next\n" +"->\" button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"\n" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" +"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" +"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" +"issues.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" +"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" +"configure the driver." msgstr "" "DrakX détecte maintenant tous les périphériques IDE présents sur votre\n" "système. DrakX recherchera aussi les périphériques SCSI. Finalement, selon\n" @@ -1621,7 +1595,8 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous devez configurer votre carte SCSI manuellement, DrakX vous\n" "demandera si vous souhaitez spécifier à la main les options du\n" "périphérique. Laissez en fait DrakX chercher automatiquement les options\n" -"nécessaires à la configurtion de votre carte, cela fonctionne généralement.\n" +"nécessaires à la configuration de votre carte, cela fonctionne\n" +"généralement.\n" "\n" "Il peut arriver que DrakX soit incapable de vérifier les options\n" "nécessaires. Dans ce cas, vous devrez les déterminer manuellement." @@ -1629,51 +1604,51 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" -"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n" +"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" "\n" -"For other OSes, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" "partition.\n" "\n" "For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" "\n" -" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" -"prompt to select this boot option;\n" +" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" +"select this boot option.\n" "\n" " * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" -"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension;\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" -" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation;\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" -" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" -"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" -"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" -"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n" +"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n" +"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" +"The following are some examples:\n" "\n" " video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" " video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" -" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" "the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" -"boot situation;\n" +"boot situation.\n" "\n" -" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" -"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used;\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n" +"ramdisk larger than the default.\n" "\n" -" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" -"read-only, to allow a filesystem check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" -"Here, you can override this option;\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" +"You can override the default with this option.\n" "\n" " * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" "problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n" -"native frame buffer support;\n" +"native frame buffer support.\n" "\n" " * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" -"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" -"also be highlighted with a ``*'', if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" -"selections." +"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" +"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." msgstr "" "You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" "systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" @@ -1737,59 +1712,63 @@ msgid "" "To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" " * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" -"drive;\n" +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create ext3 and\n" -"swap partitions on your hard drive's free space;\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n" +"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n" "\n" "\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" " * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" "for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n" -"recommended to perform this step;\n" +"recommended that you perform this step.\n" "\n" -" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" -"partition table from a floppy disk;\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n" +"partition table from a floppy disk.\n" "\n" " * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" "try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" -"can fail;\n" +"doesn't always work.\n" "\n" -" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your initial\n" -"partition table;\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n" +"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" " * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" "users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" "CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" -"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n" -"partitioning;\n" +"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n" +"understanding of partitioning.\n" "\n" -" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes;\n" +" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" -"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information;\n" +"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n" +"hard drive.\n" "\n" " * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" +"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" +"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n" +"\n" "Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" -"partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows.\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n" "\n" "When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected);\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition;\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" "\n" "If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" "bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" "may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" "emergency boot situations." @@ -1864,8 +1843,8 @@ msgstr "" "sur le système de fichier ext2FS dans « Manuel de référence ».\n" "\n" "Si vous installez sur un poste PPC, vous devrez créer une petite partition\n" -"HFS « bootstrap » d'au moins 1 Mo qui sera utilisée par le « bootloader »\n" -"yaboot. Si vous optez pour une partition plus grande, disons 50Mo, vous\n" -"trouverez utile d'y placer des noyaux et des images « ramdisk » accessibles\n" -"en cas de problème." +"HFS « bootstrap » d'au moins 1 Mo qui sera utilisée par le chargeur de\n" +"démarrage (« bootloader ») yaboot. Si vous optez pour une partition plus\n" +"grande, disons 50Mo, vous trouverez utile d'y placer des noyaux et des\n" +"images « ramdisk » accessibles en cas de problème." diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot index e7b3730fa..3c79f6cd7 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot @@ -3,211 +3,208 @@ # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" -"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" -"remove it. \"Add\" creates a new entry. and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" -"installation step.\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking \"Add\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"Modify\" or \"Remove\" to modify or remove it. \"OK\" validates\n" +"your changes.\n" "\n" "You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" -"anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" -"you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" msgstr "" -"Dopo aver configurato i parametri generali del bootloader, verrà mostrata\n" +"Dopo aver configurato i parametri generali del bootloader, verrà mostrata\n" "la lista delle opzioni che saranno disponibili al momento dell'avvio del\n" "sistema.\n" "\n" -"Se sulla vostra macchina è installato un altro sistema operativo, verrà\n" +"Se sulla vostra macchina è installato un altro sistema operativo, verrà \n" "automaticamente aggiunto al menu di avvio. Qui potete scegliere una\n" -"configurazione più precisa delle opzioni disponibili. Cliccate su una delle\n" +"configurazione più precisa delle opzioni disponibili. Cliccate su una delle\n" "voci e poi su \"Modifica\" per modificarla o rimuoverla; \"Aggiungi\" crea\n" "una nuova voce; cliccando su \"Fatto\" passerete alla fase successiva.\n" "\n" "Potreste anche non voler dare l'accesso a questi sistemi operativi a\n" -"chiunque, nel qual caso potete cancellare le voci corrispondenti, ma in\n" -"questo caso avrete bisogno di un boot disk per caricarli!" +"chiunque, nel qual caso potete cancellare le voci corrispondenti, ma così\n" +"facendo, per caricarli, avrete bisogno di un boot disk!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" -"\n" -"Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" "\n" "Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" -"languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages\n" -"will install the language-specific files for system documentation and\n" -"applications. For example, if you host users from Spain on your machine,\n" -"select English as the main language in the tree view and in the Advanced\n" -"section, click on the box corresponding to \"Spanish|Spain\".\n" -"\n" -"Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" -"additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue.\n" -"\n" -"To switch from one language to the other, you can launch the\n" -"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the whole system\n" -"language, or as a simple user to only change that user's default language." +"languages to be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the\n" +"language-specific files for system documentation and applications. For\n" +"example, if you will host users from Spain on your machine, select English\n" +"as the default language in the tree view and \"Espanol\" in the Advanced\n" +"section.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. Once\n" +"you have selected additional locales, click the \"Next ->\" button to\n" +"continue.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" +"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" +"will only change the language settings for that particular user." msgstr "" -"Il primo passo è scegliere la lingua che preferite.\n" +"Il primo passo è scegliere la lingua che preferite.\n" "\n" -"Scegliete la lingua che intendete usare per l'installazione e l'uso del\n" -"sistema.\n" +"Scegliete la lingua che intendete usare per la fase di installazione e\n" +"l'uso del sistema.\n" "\n" "Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" potrete scegliere altre lingue da\n" "installare sul vostro computer. La selezione di altre lingue comporta\n" "l'installazione dei file relativi alla documentazione e alle applicazioni\n" -"per ciascuna di esse. Se il vostro computer dovrà essere usato, ad esempio,\n" +"per ciascuna di esse. Se il vostro computer dovrà essere usato, ad esempio,\n" "anche da persone di madre lingua spagnola, potete scegliere l'italiano come\n" "lingua principale nella struttura ad albero e, nella sezione \"Avanzato\",\n" "apporre un segno di spunta sul pulsante grigio corrispondente a\n" "\"Spanish|Spain\".\n" "\n" -"È possibile installare i file per più lingue allo stesso tempo. Dopo aver\n" -"scelto quelle che preferite cliccate sul pulsante \"Ok\" per continuare.\n" +"È possibile installare i file per più lingue allo stesso tempo. Dopo aver\n" +"scelto quelle che preferite cliccate sul pulsante \"Ok\" per proseguire.\n" "\n" "Per passare da una lingua all'altra potete utilizzare il comando\n" "\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\": come \"root\" per cambiare la lingua utilizzata\n" -"in tutto il sistema, o come utente normale per cambiare la lingua usata da\n" -"quell'utente." +"in tutto il sistema, o come utente normale per cambiare solamente la lingua\n" +"usata da quell'utente." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You now need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake Linux\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" -"existing operating system is using all the available space, you will need\n" -"to partition it. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of logically\n" -"dividing it to create space to install your new Mandrake Linux system.\n" -"\n" -"Because the partitioning process' effects are usually irreversible,\n" -"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if you are an inexperienced\n" -"user. Fortunately, there is a wizard which simplifies this process. Before\n" -"beginning, please consult the manual and take your time.\n" -"\n" -"If you are running the installation in Expert mode, you will enter\n" -"DiskDrake, the Mandrake Linux partitioning tool, which allows you to\n" -"fine-tune your partitions. See the DiskDrake section in the ``Starter\n" -"Guide''. From the installation interface, you can use the wizards as\n" -"described here by clicking the dialog's \"Wizard\" button.\n" -"\n" -"If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous\n" -"installation or from another partitioning tool, simply select those to\n" -"install your Linux system.\n" -"\n" -"If partitions are not defined, you will need to create them using the\n" -"wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are\n" -"available.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use free space\": this option will simply lead to an automatic\n" -"partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further;\n" +"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" +"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n" +"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n" +"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux system.\n" +"\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n" +"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n" +"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" +"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" +"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use free space\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning\n" +"of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further\n" +"prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" "Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated to\n" +"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated with\n" "each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default,\n" -"and you should generally keep them.\n" +"and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" " * \"Use the free space on the Windows partition\": if Microsoft Windows is\n" "installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you\n" "have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" -"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert\n" -"mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can\n" -"be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously\n" -"defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either..\n" -"This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and\n" -"Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see `` Erase entire disk'' solution)\n" +"or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT partition. Resizing can be performed\n" +"without the loss of any data, provided you previously defragment the\n" +"Windows partition and that it uses the FAT format. Backing up your data is\n" +"strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want to use\n" +"both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" -"than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" -"Windows to store your data or to install new software;\n" +"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" +"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" "present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system, choose this option. Be careful with this solution because you will\n" -"not be able to revert your choice after you confirm;\n" +"system, choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to\n" +"undo your choice after you confirm.\n" "\n" -" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" " * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" "begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" -"will be lost;\n" +"will be lost.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" -"your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous option. You\n" -"can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" -"know what you are doing. To know how to use the DiskDrake utility used\n" -"here, refer to the section ``Managing Your Partitions'' of the ````Starter\n" -"Guide''''" +" * \"Custom disk partitionning\": choose this option if you want to\n" +"manually partition your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but\n" +"dangerous choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why\n" +"this option is really only recommended if you have done something like this\n" +"before and have some experience. For more instructions on how to use the\n" +"DiskDrake utility, refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in\n" +"the `` ``Starter Guide''''." msgstr "" "A questo punto dovete scegliere dove installare il vostro sistema operativo\n" -"Mandrake Linux sul disco rigido. Se il vostro disco è vuoto, oppure se un\n" +"Mandrake Linux sul disco rigido. Se il vostro disco è vuoto, oppure se un\n" "sistema operativo esistente sta usando tutto lo spazio disponibile, allora\n" "dovrete partizionarlo. In breve, partizionare un disco rigido consiste nel\n" "suddividerlo logicamente in maniera da creare lo spazio sufficiente per\n" "installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n" "\n" "Dato che gli effetti del partizionamento sono di solito irreversibili,\n" -"questa operazione può intimidire e rivelarsi stressante per un utente\n" +"questa operazione può intimidire e rivelarsi stressante per un utente\n" "inesperto. Fortunatamente, avete a vostra disposizione un assistente che\n" "semplifica questo passo. Prima di iniziare leggete attentamente il manuale,\n" "e prendete tutto il tempo che vi serve.\n" "\n" -"Se state effettuando l'installazione in modalità Esperto, verrà lanciato\n" -"DiskDrake, il programma di gestione e partizionamento dei dischi rigidi di\n" -"Mandrake Linux, che vi permetterà di configurare accuratamente le vostre\n" -"partizioni. Consultate il capitolo relativo a DiskDrake nel manuale. Dal\n" -"programma di installazione potete richiamare gli assistenti descritti qui\n" -"di seguito cliccando sul pulsante \"Assistente\" (ingl. ''Wizard'').\n" +"Se state effettuando l'installazione in modalità Esperto, verrà lanciato\n" +"DiskDrake, il programma di partizionamento di Mandrake Linux, che vi\n" +"permetterà di impostare accuratamente le vostre partizioni. Consultate il\n" +"capitolo relativo a DiskDrake nella ''Guida introduttiva''. Dal programma\n" +"di installazione potete richiamare gli assistenti descritti qui di seguito\n" +"cliccando sul pulsante \"Assistente\" (ingl. ''Wizard'').\n" "\n" -"Se le partizioni sono già state definite (per una precedente installazione,\n" -"o da un'altra utilità di partizionamento), dovrete solo scegliere quelle da\n" +"Se le partizioni sono già state definite (per una precedente installazione,\n" +"o da un'altra utilità di partizionamento), dovrete solo scegliere quelle da\n" "usare per installare il vostro sistema Linux.\n" "\n" "Se le partizioni non sono ancora state definite, dovete crearle usando\n" "l'assistente. In base alla configurazione del vostro disco rigido, saranno\n" "disponibili diverse soluzioni:\n" "\n" -" * \"Usa spazio disponibile\": questa opzione causerà un partizionamento\n" -"automatico del vostro disco rigido (o dischi, se ne avete più di uno). Non\n" -"vi verrà posta nessun'altra domanda.\n" +" * \"Usa spazio disponibile\": questa opzione causerà un partizionamento\n" +"automatico del vostro disco rigido (o dischi, se ne avete più di uno). Non\n" +"vi verrà posta nessun'altra domanda.\n" "\n" -" * \"Usa partizioni esistenti\": l'assistente ha trovato una o più\n" +" * \"Usa partizioni esistenti\": l'assistente ha trovato una o più\n" "partizioni Linux sul vostro disco rigido. Se desiderate usarle scegliete\n" -"questa opzione. Vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il punto di mount associato a\n" +"questa opzione. Vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il punto di mount associato a\n" "ciascuna partizione. Come opzione predefinita verranno mantenuti i punti di\n" -"mount precedenti e, in genere, è buona norma non modificarli.\n" +"mount precedenti e, in genere, è buona norma non modificarli.\n" "\n" " * \"Usa lo spazio libero nella partizione Windows\": se Microsoft Windows\n" -"è installato sul vostro disco rigido e occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile,\n" +"è installato sul vostro disco rigido e occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile,\n" "dovrete creare spazio libero per i dati relativi a Linux. Per farlo potete\n" "cancellare la vostra partizione Microsoft Windows e i dati che contiene\n" "(usando le soluzioni \"Cancella l'intero disco\" o \"Modo Esperto\"),\n" -"oppure ridimensionarla. Il ridimensionamento può essere effettuato evitando\n" +"oppure ridimensionarla. Il ridimensionamento può essere effettuato evitando\n" "la perdita di dati a patto che prima di procedere la partizione Windows sia\n" "stata deframmentata. Vi raccomandiamo anche di fare un backup dei vostri\n" -"dati. Questa è la soluzione consigliata se desiderate usare sia Mandrake\n" +"dati. Questa è la soluzione consigliata se desiderate usare sia Mandrake\n" "Linux sia Microsoft Windows sullo stesso computer.\n" "\n" " Prima di scegliere questa opzione, tenete presente che la dimensione\n" -"della partizione su cui risiede Microsoft Windows sarà ridotta rispetto a\n" -"quella attuale. Significa che avrete meno spazio libero per archiviare i\n" -"vostri dati o installare nuovo software su Windows.\n" +"della partizione su cui risiede Microsoft Windows sarà ridotta rispetto a\n" +"quella attuale. Ciò significa che avrete meno spazio libero per archiviare\n" +"i vostri dati o installare nuovo software su Windows.\n" "\n" " * \"Cancella l'intero disco\": se desiderate cancellare tutti i dati e\n" "tutte le partizioni presenti sul vostro disco rigido e rimpiazzarli con il\n" "vostro nuovo sistema Mandrake Linux, potete selezionare questa opzione.\n" "Fate attenzione nello scegliere questa soluzione, dopo la conferma non\n" -"potrete più tornare indietro.\n" +"potrete più tornare indietro.\n" "\n" " !! Se scegliete questa opzione, tutti i dati sul vostro disco andranno\n" "persi. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Cancella Windows\": l'effetto di questa opzione sarà di cancellare\n" +" * \"Cancella Windows\": l'effetto di questa opzione sarà di cancellare\n" "tutto quello che si trova sul disco e di ricominciare da capo, creando le\n" "partizioni su un disco vuoto. Tutti i dati presenti sul vostro disco\n" "andranno persi.\n" @@ -217,76 +214,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"Modo Esperto\": se volete partizionare manualmente il vostro disco\n" "rigido potete scegliere questa opzione. Fate attenzione prima di optare per\n" -"questa soluzione: è potente, ma molto pericolosa. Potreste facilmente\n" -"causare la perdita di tutti i vostri dati. Quindi, non scegliete questa\n" -"soluzione se non sapete cosa state facendo. Per ulteriori informazioni\n" -"riguardo il funzionamento di DiskDrake, il programma utilizzato a questo\n" -"punto, consultate la sezione ''Gestione delle partizioni'' della ''''Guida\n" -"introduttiva''''" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" -"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" -"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely.\n" -"\n" -"You will be presented the list of available resolutions and color depth\n" -"available for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you\n" -"will be able to change that after installation though). When you are\n" -"satisfied with the sample shown in the monitor, click \"OK\". A window will\n" -"then appear and ask you if you can see it.\n" -"\n" -"If you are doing an \"Expert\" installation, you will enter the X\n" -"configuration wizard. See the corresponding section of the manual for more\n" -"information about this wizard.\n" -"\n" -"If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" -"will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" -"means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" -"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen. Refer then to the video\n" -"configuration section of the user guide for more information on how to\n" -"configure your display." -msgstr "" -"X (che sta per ''X Window System'') è il cuore dell'interfaccia grafica di\n" -"GNU/Linux, sulla quale sono basati tutti gli ambienti grafici che sono\n" -"inclusi in Mandrake Linux (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.).\n" -"\n" -"Vi verrà mostrata una lista delle risoluzioni e relativa profondità di\n" -"colore disponibili sul vostro hardware. Scegliete quella più adatta alle\n" -"vostre necessità (in ogni caso potrete modificare tale scelta anche dopo\n" -"l'installazione). Quando sarete soddisfatti della vostra scelta, di cui\n" -"avrete una piccola anteprima nel monitor di questa finestra di dialogo,\n" -"cliccate su \"OK\". Comparirà una finestra che vi chiederà se potete\n" -"vederla.\n" -"\n" -"Se state effettuando un'installazione in modo \"Esperto\", verrà lanciato\n" -"l'assistente di configurazione di X. Consultate la sezione del manuale\n" -"dedicata a questo assistente per avere più informazioni al riguardo.\n" -"\n" -"Se potete vedere il messaggio e rispondete \"Sì\", allora DrakX passerà\n" -"alla fase successiva. Se non potete vedere il messaggio, significa che la\n" -"configurazione non andava bene, e il test terminerà automaticamente dopo 10\n" -"secondi, riportandovi alla schermata precedente. Consultate la sezione\n" -"relativa alla configurazione video per avere maggiori informazioni riguardo\n" -"la configurazione dello schermo." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" -"Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" -"your computer, this operation could take from a few minutes to a\n" -"significant amount of time.\n" -"\n" -"Please be patient." -msgstr "" -"Il vostro sistema operativo Mandrake Linux è in corso d'installazione. In\n" -"base al numero di pacchetti che devono essere installati e alla velocità\n" -"del vostro computer, questa operazione potrebbe durare pochi minuti o\n" -"richiedere un tempo molto lungo.\n" -"\n" -"Abbiate pazienza, per favore." +"questa soluzione: è potente, ma molto pericolosa. Potreste facilmente\n" +"causare la perdita di tutti i vostri dati. Quindi, non sceglietela se non\n" +"sapete cosa state facendo. Per ulteriori informazioni riguardo il\n" +"funzionamento di DiskDrake, consultate la sezione ''Gestione delle\n" +"partizioni'' della ''''Guida introduttiva''''." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -297,67 +229,70 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Scegliete il disco rigido che volete cancellare per poter installare la\n" "nuova partizione per Mandrake Linux. Attenzione! tutti i dati presenti\n" -"andranno perduti e non saranno più recuperabili!" +"andranno perduti e non saranno più recuperabili!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" -"own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" -"to learn more this concept. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" -"administrator, the users you add here will not be entitled to change\n" -"anything except their own files and their own configurations. You will have\n" -"to create at least one regular user for yourself. That account is where you\n" -"should log in for routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as\n" -"\"root\" everyday, it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake\n" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n" +"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide'' to\n" +"learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" +"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" +"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" +"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n" +"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n" +"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n" +"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n" "could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n" -"mistake as a regular user, you may only lose some information, but not the\n" -"entire system.\n" -"\n" -"First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course\n" -"-- as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the\n" -"first word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" -"name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" -"system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" -"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as the \"root\"\n" -"one from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it:\n" -"after all, your files are at risk.\n" -"\n" -"If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" -"a user for each one of the people meant to use that computer. When you are\n" -"finish adding all the users you want, select \"Done\".\n" +"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n" +"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" +"\n" +"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" +"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" +"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n" +"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n" +"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n" +"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n" +"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n" +"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n" +"risk.\n" +"\n" +"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n" +"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n" +"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n" "\n" "Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" "for that user (bash by default).\n" "\n" -"When you are finished adding all users, you will be proposed to choose a\n" -"user which can automatically log into the system when the computer boots\n" -"up. If you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Yes\".\n" -"If you are not interested in this feature, click \"No\"." +"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" +"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" +"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n" +"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n" +"to use this feature?\" box." msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux è un sistema operativo multiutente, e questo significa che\n" -"ciascun utente può disporre di una configurazione personalizzata, di uno\n" -"spazio per i propri file, e così via; consultate il ''Manuale dell'utente''\n" -"per saperne di più. Ma, a differenza di \"root\", che è l'amministratore\n" -"del sistema, gli utenti che aggiungerete adesso non avranno il diritto di\n" -"cambiare nulla, se non i propri file e la propria configurazione. Dovrete\n" -"crearne almeno uno per voi stessi, e dovreste usare quello per l'uso\n" -"quotidiano: per quanto sia molto comodo entrare nel sistema come \"root\"\n" -"tutti i giorni, potrebbe anche essere molto pericoloso! Anche un errore\n" -"banale potrebbe significare un sistema non più in grado di funzionare\n" -"correttamente. Se, invece, commettete un errore, anche grave, in qualità di\n" -"utente normale, potreste perdere parte dei vostri dati, ma non\n" -"compromettere l'intero sistema.\n" -"\n" -"Prima di tutto, inserite il vostro nome reale. Naturalmente questo non è\n" +"GNU/Linux è un sistema operativo multiutente, ciò significa che ciascun\n" +"utente può disporre di una configurazione personalizzata, di uno spazio per\n" +"i propri file, e così via; consultate la ''Guida introduttiva'' per saperne\n" +"di più. Ma, a differenza di \"root\", che è l'amministratore del sistema,\n" +"gli utenti che aggiungerete adesso non avranno il diritto di cambiare\n" +"nulla, se non i propri file e la propria configurazione. Dovrete crearne\n" +"almeno uno per voi stessi, da utilizzare per l'uso quotidiano: per quanto\n" +"molto comodo, entrare nel sistema come \"root\" tutti i giorni potrebbe\n" +"essere molto pericoloso! Anche un banale errore potrebbe significare un\n" +"sistema non più in grado di funzionare correttamente. Se, invece,\n" +"commettete un errore, anche grave, in qualità di utente normale, potreste\n" +"perdere parte dei vostri dati, ma non compromettere l'intero sistema.\n" +"\n" +"Prima di tutto, inserite il vostro nome reale. Naturalmente questo non è\n" "obbligatorio: potete digitare quello che volete. Fatto questo, DrakX\n" -"prenderà la prima parola che avete inserito nel campo di testo e la copierà\n" -"alla voce \"Nome utente\". Questo è il nome che l'utente dovrà usare per\n" +"prenderà la prima parola che avete inserito nel campo di testo e la copierà \n" +"alla voce \"Nome utente\". Questo è il nome che l'utente dovrà usare per\n" "accedere al sistema, ma potete cambiarlo. Poi digitate una password per\n" "questo utente. La password di un utente non privilegiato dal punto di vista\n" -"della sicurezza non è cruciale come quella di \"root\", ovviamente, ma non\n" -"c'è motivo di essere frettolosi: dopo tutto, si tratta dei vostri file.\n" +"della sicurezza non è cruciale come quella di \"root\", ovviamente, ma non\n" +"c'è motivo di essere frettolosi: dopo tutto, si tratta dei vostri file.\n" "\n" "Se cliccate su \"Accetta utente\", potrete poi aggiungerne un altro, e\n" "altri ancora, a vostra discrezione. Aggiungete un utente per ciascuno dei\n" @@ -365,14 +300,14 @@ msgstr "" "aver aggiunto tutti gli utenti che volete, selezionate \"Fatto\".\n" "\n" "Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" potrete cambiare la \"shell\" per\n" -"quell'utente (come opzione predefinita è bash).\n" -"\n" -"Quando avrete finito di aggiungere utenti al sistema, vi verrà proposto di\n" -"sceglierne per effettuare un login automatico ogni volta che il computer ha\n" -"terminato la fase di boot. Se questa caratteristica vi interessa (e non\n" -"tenete particolarmente alla sicurezza locale), scegliete l'utente\n" -"desiderato e l'ambiente grafico che preferite, poi cliccate su \"Sì\". Se\n" -"la cosa non vi interessa, cliccate su \"No\"." +"quell'utente (quella predefinita è bash).\n" +"\n" +"Quando avrete finito di aggiungere utenti al sistema, vi verrà proposto di\n" +"sceglierne uno per effettuare un login automatico ogni volta che il\n" +"computer ha terminato la fase di boot. Se questa caratteristica vi\n" +"interessa (e non tenete particolarmente alla sicurezza locale), scegliete\n" +"l'utente desiderato e l'ambiente grafico che preferite, poi cliccate su\n" +"\"Sì\". Se la cosa non vi interessa, cliccate su \"No\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -383,29 +318,29 @@ msgid "" "act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" "configured." msgstr "" -"Per finire, vi verrà chiesto se desiderate avviare automaticamente\n" -"l'interfaccia grafica subito dopo il boot. Si noti che tale domanda verrà\n" +"Per finire, vi verrà chiesto se desiderate avviare automaticamente\n" +"l'interfaccia grafica subito dopo il boot. Si noti che tale domanda verrà \n" "fatta anche se avete deciso di non provare la vostra configurazione di X.\n" -"Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"No\" nel caso in cui la vostra macchina\n" +"Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"No\" nel caso in cui la vostra macchina\n" "svolga le funzioni di server, oppure se non siete riuscite a configurare il\n" "server grafico." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" -"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" -"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" -"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to\n" -"choose the correct parameters.\n" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" +"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" +"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" +"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" +"parameters.\n" "\n" "Yaboot's main options are:\n" "\n" -" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt;\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" "to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" -"to hold this information;\n" +"to hold this information.\n" "\n" " * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" "yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" @@ -416,10 +351,10 @@ msgid "" "default kernel description is selected;\n" "\n" " * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" -"at the first boot prompt;\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" -"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt;\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" "Firmware Delay expires." @@ -459,22 +394,23 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" -"machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" -"the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" -"However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" -"ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to\n" -"get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\"\n" +"chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to get more information about the\n" +"meaning of these levels.\n" "\n" "If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." msgstr "" -"Ora è il momento di scegliere il livello di sicurezza desiderato per il\n" -"vostro sistema. Come regola generale, quanto più esposta è la macchina e\n" -"quanto più sono importanti i dati che contiene, tanto più alto dovrebbe\n" +"Ora è il momento di scegliere il livello di sicurezza desiderato per il\n" +"vostro sistema. Come regola generale, quanto più esposta è la macchina e\n" +"quanto più sono importanti i dati che contiene, tanto più alto dovrebbe\n" "essere il livello di sicurezza. Tenete presente, tuttavia, che un livello\n" -"di sicurezza molto alto in genere viene ottenuto a spese della facilità\n" -"d'uso. Consultate il capitolo MSEC nel ''Manuale di riferimento'' per avere\n" -"ulteriori informazioni in merito al significato di tali livelli.\n" +"di sicurezza molto alto in genere viene ottenuto a spese della facilità \n" +"d'uso. Per maggiori informazioni riguardo il significato di questi livelli\n" +"potete consultare il capitolo \"msec\" del ''Manuale di Riferimento''.\n" "\n" "Se non sapete cosa scegliere, mantenete l'opzione predefinita." @@ -485,121 +421,125 @@ msgid "" "Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." msgstr "" "Scegliete la porta appropriata. La porta \"COM1\" sotto Windows, ad\n" -"esempio, è chiamata \"ttyS0\" sotto GNU/Linux." +"esempio, è chiamata \"ttyS0\" sotto GNU/Linux." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" -"your installed hardware, you may (or may not), see the following entries:\n" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n" +"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n" +"or all of the following entries:\n" "\n" " * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" -"to change it if necessary;\n" +"to change it if necessary.\n" "\n" " * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n" -"the button to change that if necessary;\n" +"the button to change that if necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the button and choose another one.\n" "\n" -" * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the\n" -"language you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard,\n" -"you may not be in the country for which the chosen language should\n" -"correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in\n" -"order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" +" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n" +"primary language you have chosen. But here, just as in your choice of a\n" +"keyboard, you may not be in the country for which the chosen language\n" +"should correspond. You may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button to\n" +"configure the clock for the correct timezone.\n" "\n" " * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the correpsonding chapter of the ``Starter\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" "Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used at installation time;\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n" +"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n" +"interface in \"800x600\" resolution. If that does not suits you, click on\n" +"the button to reconfigure your grapical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n" +"access now, you can by clicking on this button.\n" "\n" -" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n" +"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +"another driver.\n" "\n" -" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on the button to\n" +"try to configure it manually.\n" "\n" " * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n" "displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n" -"associated to it." +"associated with the card." msgstr "" "Qui sono riportati vari parametri relativi al vostro sistema. In base\n" "all'hardware installato, potrebbero essere visualizzate le seguenti voci:\n" "\n" " * \"Mouse\": controllate la configurazione attuale del mouse, e cliccate\n" -"sul pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario;\n" +"sul pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario.\n" "\n" " * \"Tastiera\": controllate l'attuale impostazione della tastiera, e\n" -"cliccate sul pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario;\n" +"cliccate sul pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario.\n" "\n" -" * \"Fuso orario\": DrakX, come opzione predefinita, deduce il vostro fuso\n" -"orario dalla lingua che avete scelto. Ma anche in questo caso, come per la\n" -"scelta della tastiera, potreste non trovarvi nella nazione cui corrisponde\n" -"la lingua che avete scelto; in tal caso sarà necessario cliccare su questo\n" -"pulsante per poter configurare il fuso orario in base a quello dell'area\n" -"geografica in cui vivete;\n" +" * DrakX, inizialmente \"Fuso orario\": il fuso orario è dedotto dalla\n" +"lingua che avete scelto. Ma anche in questo caso, come per la tastiera,\n" +"potreste non trovarvi nella nazione cui corrisponde la lingua che avete\n" +"scelto; in tal caso sarà necessario cliccare su questo pulsante per\n" +"configurare il fuso orario in base a quello dell'area geografica in cui\n" +"vivete.\n" "\n" -" * \"Stampante\": cliccando sul pulsante \"Nessuna stampante\" si\n" -"richiamerà l'assistente di configurazione della stampante. Consultate il\n" +" * \"Stampante\": cliccando sul pulsante \"Nessuna stampante\" verrà \n" +"lanciato l'assistente di configurazione della stampante. Consultate il\n" "relativo capitolo della ''Guida introduttiva'' per avere maggiori\n" "informazioni su come configurare una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia\n" -"descritta in tale sede è simile a quella utilizzata nel corso\n" -"dell'installazione;\n" +"descritta in tale sede è simile a quella utilizzata nel corso\n" +"dell'installazione.\n" "\n" -" * \"Scheda audio\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda\n" -"audio, verrà mostrata qui. Al momento dell'installazione non è possibile\n" -"apportare alcuna modifica;\n" +" * \"Scheda audio\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda\n" +"audio, verrà mostrata qui. Al momento dell'installazione non è possibile\n" +"apportare alcuna modifica.\n" "\n" -" * \"Scheda TV\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda TV,\n" -"verrà mostrata qui. Al momento dell'installazione non è possibile apportare\n" -"alcuna modifica;\n" +" * \"Scheda TV\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda TV,\n" +"verrà mostrata qui. Se disponete di una scheda TV che non è stata\n" +"individuata, cliccate sul pulsante per cercare di configurarla a mano.\n" "\n" -" * \"Scheda ISDN\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda\n" -"ISDN, verrà mostrata qui. Potete cliccare sul pulsante relativo per\n" +" * se sul vostro sistema è stata \"Scheda ISDN\": individuata una scheda\n" +"ISDN, verrà mostrata qui. Potete cliccare sul pulsante relativo per\n" "cambiarne i parametri." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" -"installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\") over your\n" -"installation. You can also choose to do a new installation or upgrade your\n" -"existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. However, depending on\n" -"what is currently installed on your machine, you may be able to keep some\n" -"old partitions (Linux or otherwise) unchanged;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" -"packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps your\n" -"hard drives' current partitions as well as user configurations. All other\n" -"configuration steps remain available, similar to a normal installation;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this new installation class allows you to\n" -"upgrade an existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system\n" -"configurations unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation\n" -"is also possible.\n" -"\n" -"Upgrades should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems using version \"8.1\"\n" -"or later.\n" -"\n" -"Depending on your GNU/Linux knowledge, select one of the following choices:\n" -"\n" -" * Recommended: choose this if you have never installed a GNU/Linux\n" -"operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" -"asked a few questions;\n" -"\n" -" * Expert: if you have a good GNU/Linux understanding, you may wish to\n" -"perform a highly customized installation. Some of the decisions you will\n" -"have to make may be difficult if you do not have good GNU/Linux knowledge,\n" -"so it is not recommended that those without a fair amount of experience\n" -"select this installation class." +"This step is activated only if an ols GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n" +"your machine.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n" +"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n" +"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n" +"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n" +"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n" +"being over- written.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" +"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n" +"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n" +"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n" +"\n" +"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n" +"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n" +"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended." msgstr "" "A questo punto DrakX deve sapere se intendete effettuare un'installazione\n" -"in modalità predefinita (\"Raccomandata\") o se preferite avere un maggior\n" +"in modalità standard (\"Raccomandata\") o se preferite avere un maggior\n" "controllo su di essa (\"Esperto\"). Inoltre potete scegliere se effettuare\n" "una nuova installazione o un aggiornamento di un sistema Mandrake Linux\n" "esistente:\n" "\n" " * \"Installazione\" Cancella completamente il vecchio sistema. A seconda\n" -"di come è strutturato il sistema preesistente, tuttavia, è possibile\n" +"di come è strutturato il sistema preesistente, tuttavia, è possibile\n" "mantenere inalterate alcune delle vecchie partizioni (Linux e altre).\n" "\n" " * \"Aggiornamento\" Questo tipo di installazione vi permette di effettuare\n" @@ -611,105 +551,93 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"Solo aggiornamento pacchetti\" Questa nuova opzione vi permette di\n" "aggiornare un sistema Mandrake Linux esistente lasciando intatta la\n" -"configurazione globale del sistema. È anche possibile aggiungere nuovi\n" +"configurazione globale del sistema. È anche possibile aggiungere nuovi\n" "pacchetti all'installazione corrente.\n" "\n" -"Gli aggiornamenti dovrebbe svolgersi senza difficoltà per sistemi Mandrake\n" -"Linux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\" o successive.\n" +"Gli aggiornamenti dovrebbero svolgersi senza difficoltà per sistemi\n" +"Mandrake Linux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\".\n" "\n" -"Scegliete una delle seguenti modalità di installazione, in base alla vostra\n" +"Scegliete una delle seguenti modalità di installazione, in base alla vostra\n" "conoscenza di GNU/Linux:\n" "\n" " * Raccomandata: se non avete mai installato il sistema operativo\n" -"GNU/Linux, scegliete questa modalità. L'installazione sarà molto semplice e\n" +"GNU/Linux, scegliete questa modalità . L'installazione sarà molto semplice e\n" "vi verranno poste solo poche domande;\n" "\n" -" * Esperto: se avete abbastanza familiarità con GNU/Linux potete scegliere\n" -"questa modalità, che vi permetterà di effettuare un'installazione altamente\n" +" * Esperto: se avete abbastanza familiarità con GNU/Linux potete scegliere\n" +"questa modalità , che vi permetterà di effettuare un'installazione altamente\n" "personalizzata. Rispondere ad alcune delle domande che vi verranno poste\n" -"potrebbe essere difficile se non avete una buona conoscenza di GNU/Linux,\n" -"pertanto vi sconsigliamo di scegliere questa modalità se non disponete\n" -"dell'esperienza necessaria.\n" +"potrebbe presentare difficoltà se non avete una buona conoscenza di\n" +"GNU/Linux, pertanto vi sconsigliamo di scegliere questa modalità se non\n" +"disponete dell'esperienza necessaria.\n" "\n" -"Questo manuale descrive in maniera esauriente la modalità d'installazione\n" -"\"Esperto\". Se scegliete la modalità \"Raccomandata\", potete\n" -"semplicemente ignorare i passi relativi alla sola modalità \"Esperto\"." +"Questo manuale descrive in maniera esauriente la modalità d'installazione\n" +"\"Esperto\". Se scegliete la modalità \"Raccomandata\", potete\n" +"semplicemente ignorare i passi relativi alla sola modalità \"Esperto\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" -"packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" -"been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" +"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" "updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" "\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" "to install updated packages later.\n" "\n" "Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. Then a package-selection tree\n" -"appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and\n" -"install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n" +"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n" +"the selected package( s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." msgstr "" -"È molto probabile che, al momento in cui state installando Mandrake Linux,\n" -"alcuni pacchetti siano stati aggiornati rispetto alla versione iniziale.\n" -"Potrebbe trattarsi di un ''bug fix'', o della soluzione di problemi\n" -"relativi alla sicurezza. Per permettervi di beneficiare di questi\n" -"aggiornamenti vi verrà proposto di scaricare la nuova versione dei\n" -"pacchetti usando Internet. Scegliete \"Sì\" se potete contare su una\n" -"connessione a Internet funzionante, oppure \"No\" se preferite installare i\n" -"pacchetti aggiornati in un secondo momento.\n" -"\n" -"Se scegliete \"Sì\" comparirà una lista di siti da cui è possibile\n" -"scaricare i pacchetti aggiornati. Selezionate quello più vicino a voi. A\n" -"questo punto comparirà una finestra di selezione pacchetti: controllate la\n" +"È molto probabile che, al momento in cui installate Mandrake Linux, alcuni\n" +"pacchetti siano stati aggiornati rispetto alla versione iniziale. Potrebbe\n" +"trattarsi di un ''bug fix'', o della soluzione di problemi relativi alla\n" +"sicurezza. Per permettervi di beneficiare di questi aggiornamenti vi verrà \n" +"proposto di scaricare la nuova versione dei pacchetti usando Internet.\n" +"Scegliete \"Sì\" se potete contare su una connessione a Internet\n" +"funzionante, oppure \"No\" se preferite installare i pacchetti aggiornati\n" +"in un secondo momento.\n" +"\n" +"Se scegliete \"Sì\" comparirà una lista di siti da cui è possibile\n" +"scaricare i pacchetti aggiornati. Selezionate quello più vicino a voi. A\n" +"questo punto comparirà una finestra di selezione pacchetti: controllate la\n" "lista e cliccate su \"Installa\" per scaricare e installare i pacchetti, o\n" "su \"Annulla\" per annullare l'operazione." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" -"automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" -"accordingly, depending on what it finds there:\n" -"\n" -" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" -"boot sector. Hence, you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" -"OS;\n" -"\n" -" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" -"one.\n" +"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"if in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options.\n" +" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader to use\": you have three choices:\n" +" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu);\n" +" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" +"interface.\n" "\n" " * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" -"interface;\n" -"\n" -" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" "interface.\n" "\n" " * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" "(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" "second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" "\n" -" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer,\n" -"this is the delay granted to the user to choose -- in the bootloader menu,\n" -"another boot entry than the default one.\n" +" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n" +"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n" +"a boot entry other than the default.\n" "\n" "!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"Cancel\" here), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake\n" -"Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the\n" -"options. !!\n" +"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" -"options, which are reserved for the expert user." +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n" +"that are reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" -"LILO e grub sono due ''bootloader'' di GNU/Linux. Un bootloader è un\n" -"programma per l'avvio di uno o più sistemi operativi. Questa fase, in\n" -"genere, è del tutto automatica; DrakX, infatti, analizza il settore di boot\n" +"LILO e grub sono due ''bootloader'' di GNU/Linux. Un bootloader è un\n" +"programma per l'avvio di uno o più sistemi operativi. Questa fase, in\n" +"genere, è del tutto automatica; DrakX, infatti, analizza il settore di boot\n" "del disco, e si comporta in base a quello che vi trova:\n" "\n" " * se trova un settore di boot di Windows, lo rimpiazza con un settore di\n" @@ -719,7 +647,7 @@ msgstr "" " * se trova un settore di boot di grub o LILO, lo sostituisce con uno\n" "nuovo.\n" "\n" -"In caso di dubbio, DrakX mostrerà una finestra di dialogo con varie\n" +"In caso di dubbio, DrakX mostrerà una finestra di dialogo con varie\n" "opzioni:\n" "\n" " * \"Bootloader da usare\": avete tre scelte a disposizione:\n" @@ -732,12 +660,12 @@ msgstr "" " * \"LILO con menu in modo testo\": se preferite LILO nella sua versione\n" "con menu in modo testo.\n" "\n" -" * \"Dispositivo di boot\": nella maggior parte dei casi non sarà\n" +" * \"Dispositivo di boot\": nella maggior parte dei casi non sarà \n" "necessario cambiare le impostazioni predefinite (\"/dev/hda\"), ma, se lo\n" -"preferite, il bootloader può essere installato sul secondo disco rigido\n" +"preferite, il bootloader può essere installato sul secondo disco rigido\n" "(\"/dev/hdb\"), o persino su un floppy (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" "\n" -" * \"Ritardo prima di avviare con l'immagine predefinita\": è il tempo\n" +" * \"Ritardo prima di avviare con l'immagine predefinita\": è il tempo\n" "lasciato all'utente per scegliere una voce diversa da quella predefinita\n" "nel menu del bootloader.\n" "\n" @@ -748,7 +676,7 @@ msgstr "" "modificate qualcuna delle opzioni. !!\n" "\n" "Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" di questa finestra avrete la\n" -"possibilità di scegliere tra molte opzioni avanzate, riservate agli utenti\n" +"possibilità di scegliere tra molte opzioni avanzate, riservate agli utenti\n" "esperti." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: @@ -784,20 +712,20 @@ msgid "" "\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" -"Sul vostro disco rigido è stata individuata più di una partizione Microsoft\n" -"Windows. Per favore, scegliete quella che deve essere ridimensionata in\n" -"modo da poter installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n" +"Sul vostro disco rigido è stata individuata più di una partizione Microsoft\n" +"Windows. Scegliete quella che deve essere ridimensionata in modo da poter\n" +"installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n" "\n" -"Ogni partizione viene elencata come segue: \"nome Linux\", \"nome Windows\"\n" -"\"Capacità\".\n" +"Le partizioni sono elencate come segue: \"nome Linux\", \"nome Windows\"\n" +"\"Capacità \".\n" "\n" -"Il \"nome Linux\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n" +"Il \"nome Linux\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n" "disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il vostro disco è di tipo IDE, e\n" -"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n" +"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il vostro disco è di tipo IDE, e\n" +"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n" "\n" -"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n" +"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n" "i dischi IDE:\n" "\n" " * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\",\n" @@ -808,109 +736,123 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"d\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n" "\n" -"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI\n" -"più\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI superiore ad a\", etc.\n" +"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI più\n" +"basso\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI immediatamente successivo ad a\",\n" +"etc.\n" "\n" -"Il \"nome Windows\" è la lettera che corrisponde al vostro disco rigido\n" -"sotto Windows (il primo disco o partizione è chiamato \"C:\")." +"Il \"nome Windows\" è la lettera che corrisponde al vostro disco rigido\n" +"sotto Windows (il primo disco o partizione è chiamato \"C:\")." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSes may offer\n" -"you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two.\n" -"\n" -" * \"pdq\" -- which means ``print, don't queue'', is the choice if you have\n" -"a direct connection to your printer and you want to be able to panic out of\n" -"printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. It will handle only\n" -"very simple network cases and is somewhat slow for networks. Pick \"pdq\"\n" -"if this is your first voyage to GNU/Linux. You can change your choices\n" -"after installation by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control Center\n" -"and clicking the expert button.\n" -"\n" -" * \"CUPS\" -- ``Common Unix Printing System'', is excellent at printing to\n" -"your local printer and also halfway-around the planet. It is simple and can\n" -"act as a server or a client for the ancient \"lpd\" printing system. Hence,\n" -"it is compatible with the systems that went before. It can do many tricks,\n" -"but the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need this to\n" -"emulate an \"lpd\" server, you must turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. It has\n" -"graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer options." +"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" +"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n" +"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n" +"\n" +" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" +"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n" +"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n" +"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n" +"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq \" if this is your\n" +"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" +" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" +"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n" +"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n" +"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n" +"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" +"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n" +"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n" +"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n" +"printer.\n" +"\n" +"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n" +"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n" +"Center and clicking the expert button." msgstr "" "Qui potrete scegliere il sistema di stampa da usare con questo computer.\n" -"Altri sistemi operativi possono offrirvene uno, ma Mandrake Linux ve ne\n" -"offre ben tre.\n" +"Anche altri sistemi operativi possono offrirvene uno, ma Mandrake Linux ve\n" +"ne offre ben tre.\n" "\n" " * \"pdq\" - che sta per ''print, don't queue'' (''stampa, non mettere in\n" -"coda''), è una buona scelta se avete una connessione diretta con la\n" +"coda''), è una buona scelta se avete una connessione diretta con la\n" "stampante e volete essere in grado di risolvere rapidamente eventuali\n" -"inceppamenti della carta, e inoltre non avete altre stampanti connesse via\n" -"rete. Infatti può gestire solo connessioni di rete molto semplici ed è\n" -"comunque piuttosto lento in quest'ultimo caso. Scegliete \"pdq\" se questa\n" -"è la vostra prima volta con GNU/Linux. Potrete cambiare la vostra scelta\n" -"dopo aver terminato l'installazione lanciando PrinterDrake dal Centro di\n" -"controllo Mandrake e cliccando sul pulsante Esperto.\n" +"problemi di inceppamento della carta, e inoltre non disponete di altre\n" +"stampanti connesse via rete. Può infatti gestire solo configurazioni di\n" +"rete molto semplici ed è comunque piuttosto lento in caso di stampa in\n" +"rete. Scegliete \"pdq\" se questa è la vostra prima volta con GNU/Linux.\n" +"Potrete sempre cambiare la scelta dopo aver terminato l'installazione\n" +"lanciando PrinterDrake dal Centro di controllo Mandrake e cliccando sul\n" +"pulsante Esperto.\n" "\n" " * \"CUPS\" - ''Common Unix Printing System'' (''Sistema di stampa\n" "unificato per Unix''), offre risultati eccellenti sia che dobbiate stampare\n" "sulla vostra stampante locale, sia nel caso che la stampa debba essere\n" -"effettuata sull'altra faccia del pianeta. È semplice da usare e può agire\n" -"come server o client per il vecchio sistema di stampa \"lpd\". Infatti è\n" -"compatibile con i sistemi precedenti. Ha molte frecce al suo arco, ma la\n" -"configurazione basica è quasi altrettanto semplice di quella per \"pdq\".\n" -"Se avete bisogno di emulare un server \"lpd\" dovete attivare il demone\n" -"\"cups-lpd\". Dispone di interfaccia grafica per la stampa e per la\n" -"configurazione delle opzioni della stampante.\n" +"effettuata sull'altra faccia del pianeta. È semplice da usare e può agire\n" +"come server o client per il vecchio sistema di stampa \"lpd\". E' infatti\n" +"compatibile con i sistemi precedenti. Questo sistema ha molte frecce al suo\n" +"arco, ma nonostante ciò la configurazione di base è quasi altrettanto\n" +"semplice di quella per \"pdq\". Se avete bisogno di emulare un server\n" +"\"lpd\" dovete attivare il demone \"cups-lpd\". Dispone poi di interfaccia\n" +"grafica per la stampa e per la configurazione delle opzioni della\n" +"stampante.\n" "\n" " * \"lprNG\" - ''line printer daemon New Generation'' (''demone di stampa\n" -"di nuova generazione''. Questo sistema è approssimativamente equivalente\n" -"agli altri, ma è anche in grado di stampare su dispositivi collegati per\n" -"mezzo di una rete Novell, dato che supporta il protocollo IPX, e può\n" -"stampare direttamente in base a comandi via shell. Se avete bisogno di una\n" +"di nuova generazione''. Questo sistema è approssimativamente equivalente\n" +"agli altri, ma è anche in grado di stampare su dispositivi collegati per\n" +"mezzo di una rete Novell, dato che supporta il protocollo IPX, e può\n" +"stampare direttamente per messo di comandi shell. Se avete bisogno di una\n" "connessione di tipo Novell, o di stampare senza fare uso di pipe,\n" -"utilizzate lprNG. In caso contrario, è preferibile usare CUPS dato che è\n" -"più semplice e migliore nel gestire stampanti di rete." +"utilizzate lprNG. In caso contrario, è preferibile usare CUPS dato che è\n" +"più semplice e migliore nel gestire stampanti di rete." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse possesses. If not,\n" -"it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" -"emulation. DrakX will automatically know whether it is a PS/2, serial or\n" -"USB mouse.\n" +"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" +"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" +"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n" +"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n" +"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" +"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" -"If you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select the appropriate\n" -"type from the provided list.\n" +"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" +"from the provided list.\n" "\n" "If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" -"correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" -"to \"Cancel\" and choose again.\n" -"\n" -"Sometimes, wheel mouses are not automatically detected. You will need to\n" -"manually select it in the list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" -"the correct port it is attached to. After you have pressed the \"OK\"\n" -"button, a mouse image will be displayed. You then need to move the wheel of\n" -"your mouse to activate it correctly. Then test that all buttons and\n" -"movements are correct." +"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n" +"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n" +"go back to the list of choices.\n" +"\n" +"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" +"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" +"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" +"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n" +"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n" +"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n" +"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n" +"your mouse." msgstr "" -"In genere DrakX individua automaticamente il numero di pulsanti presente\n" -"sul vostro mouse, in caso contrario conclude che il vostro mouse è un mouse\n" -"a due tasti e lo imposta in modo da emulare il terzo tasto. DrakX, inoltre,\n" +"In genere DrakX individua automaticamente il numero di pulsanti presenti\n" +"sul vostro mouse, in caso contrario conclude che il vostro è un mouse a due\n" +"tasti e lo imposta in modo da emulare il terzo tasto. DrakX, inoltre,\n" "riconosce automaticamente se si tratta di un mouse PS/2, seriale o USB.\n" "\n" "Se volete specificare un diverso tipo di mouse, scegliete il vostro modello\n" "dall'elenco che vi viene proposto.\n" "\n" -"Se scegliete un mouse diverso dal tipo predefinito, vi verrà mostrata una\n" +"Se scegliete un mouse diverso dal tipo suggerito vi verrà mostrata una\n" "finestra dove potrete provarlo. Provate sia i pulsanti che l'eventuale\n" "rotellina per controllare che la configurazione sia corretta. Se il mouse\n" "non funziona correttamente, premete la barra spaziatrice o il tasto [Invio]\n" -"per premere il pulsante \"Annulla\" ed effettuare una nuova scelta.\n" +"per attivare il pulsante \"Annulla\" ed effettuare una nuova scelta.\n" "\n" "Talvolta i mouse con rotellina centrale potrebbero non essere individuati\n" "automaticamente. In tal caso, dovrete selezionarli personalmente usando la\n" "lista. Assicuratevi di indicare correttamente la porta alla quale il mouse\n" -"è collegato. Premete il pulsante \"OK\", e comparirà l'immagine di un\n" +"è collegato. Premete il pulsante \"OK\", e comparirà l'immagine di un\n" "mouse. Fate scorrere la rotellina per attivarla correttamente, quindi\n" "provate i pulsanti e spostate il mouse in modo da accertarvi che tutto sia\n" "a posto." @@ -918,26 +860,24 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You are now able to set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"OK\".\n" -"The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If this\n" -"detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto-detection\" box next time. You may\n" -"also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" -"simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n" +"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n" +"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n" +"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n" +"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" -"Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" -"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" +"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" "\n" -"Here, we will not detail each configuration. Simply make sure that you have\n" -"all the parameters from your Internet Service Provider or system\n" -"administrator.\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" "\n" "You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" "for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" -"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.\n" -"\n" -"If you wish to configure the network later after installation, or if you\n" -"are finished configuring your network connection, click \"Cancel\"." +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." msgstr "" "Se desiderate connettere il vostro computer a Internet o a una rete locale,\n" "assicuratevi di scegliere l'opzione corretta. Accendete la periferica che\n" @@ -958,26 +898,38 @@ msgstr "" "Internet potete consultare il relativo capitolo della ''Guida\n" "introduttiva''; in alternativa, potete attendere di aver portato a termine\n" "l'installazione e usare poi il programma descritto in tale capitolo per\n" -"configurare la connessione.\n" -"\n" -"Se desiderate configurare la rete dopo aver terminato l'installazione, o se\n" -"avete già configurato la vostra rete, cliccate su \"Annulla\"." +"configurare la connessione." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" +"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" +"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n" +"computer." +msgstr "" +"Prima di proseguire dovreste leggere con attenzione le condizioni d'uso;\n" +"queste riguardano l'intera distribuzione Mandrake Linux, e se non siete\n" +"d'accordo con qualche punto della licenza cliccate sul pulsante\n" +"\"Rifiuta\": la procedura di installazione sarà immediatamente interrotta.\n" +"Per proseguire con l'installazione, invece, cliccate sul pulsante\n" +"\"Accetta\"." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"This step is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" "\n" -"Here are listed all the services available with the current installation.\n" -"Review them carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at boot\n" -"time.\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n" +"boot time.\n" "\n" -"You can get a short explanatory text about a service by selecting a\n" -"specific service. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful\n" -"or not, it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" "\n" "!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you will probably not want to start any services which you do not\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" "need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" "enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" "!!" @@ -989,9 +941,9 @@ msgstr "" "Esaminateli attentamente e disabilitate quelli che non sono sempre\n" "necessari all'avvio.\n" "\n" -"Selezionando un servizio comparirà un breve testo di aiuto che ne spiega le\n" -"caratteristiche. Se non siete realmente sicuri dell'utilità o meno di un\n" -"servizio, è più prudente non modificare le impostazioni predefinite.\n" +"Selezionando un servizio comparirà un breve testo di aiuto che ne spiega le\n" +"caratteristiche. Se non siete realmente sicuri dell'utilità o meno di un\n" +"servizio, è più prudente non modificare le impostazioni predefinite.\n" "\n" "!! In questa fase dell'installazione dovete fare le vostre scelte con\n" "particolare attenzione nel caso intendiate usare il vostro computer come\n" @@ -1005,104 +957,105 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" "system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" -"you are not supposed to know them all by heart.\n" -"\n" -"If you are performing a standard installation from a CD-ROM, you will first\n" -"be asked to specify the CDs you currently have (in Expert mode only). Check\n" -"the CD labels and highlight the boxes corresponding to the CDs you have\n" -"available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue.\n" +"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" +"similar applications.\n" "\n" -"Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" -"machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections:\n" +"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" +"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" +"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n" +"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" +"``Development'' container installed.\n" "\n" " * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" -"select one or more of the corresponding groups;\n" +"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n" +"container.\n" "\n" -" * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose\n" -"the desired group(s);\n" +" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n" +"the appropriate packages from the container.\n" "\n" -" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, you will be able\n" -"to select which of the most common services you wish to install on your\n" -"machine;\n" +" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n" +"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Environment\": finally, this is where you will choose your\n" -"preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want\n" -"to have a graphical workstation!\n" +" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n" +"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n" +"graphical interface available.\n" "\n" "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" "text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" -"installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" "different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * \"With X\": install the fewest packages possible to have a working\n" -"graphical desktop;\n" +" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +"working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" " * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" "utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" -"setting up a server;\n" +"setting up a server.\n" "\n" -" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the strict minimum necessary to\n" -"get a working Linux system, in command line only. This installation is\n" -"about 65Mb large.\n" +" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n" +"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n" +"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n" +"installation is 65 megabytes.\n" "\n" "You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" "you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" "total control over what will be installed.\n" "\n" "If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" -"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful to repair or\n" -"update an existing system." +"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." msgstr "" -"Adesso è il momento di indicare i programmi che volete siano installati sul\n" +"Adesso è il momento di indicare i programmi che volete siano installati sul\n" "vostro sistema. Ci sono migliaia di programmi disponibili per Mandrake\n" "Linux, e nessuno si aspetta che li conosciate tutti a memoria.\n" "\n" "Se state effettuando un'installazione standard da CD-ROM, per prima cosa vi\n" -"verrà chiesto di specificare quali sono i CD in vostro possesso (solo se\n" -"siete in modalità Esperto): controllate i CD della distribuzione, cliccate\n" -"sulle caselle corrispondenti ai CD che avete e infine sul pulsante \"Ok\"\n" +"verrà chiesto di specificare quali sono i CD in vostro possesso (solo se\n" +"siete in modalità Esperto): controllate le etichette dei CD e cliccate\n" +"sulle caselle corrispondenti a quelli di cui disponete. Cliccate su \"Ok\"\n" "quando siete pronti per continuare.\n" "\n" "I pacchetti sono organizzati in gruppi corrispondenti a usi particolari\n" "della vostra macchina. I gruppi sono a loro volta divisi in quattro\n" "sezioni:\n" "\n" -" * \"Workstation\": scegliete uno o più dei gruppi di questa sezione se la\n" -"vostra macchina verrà utilizzata prevalentemente come workstation.\n" +" * \"Workstation\": scegliete uno o più dei gruppi di questa sezione se la\n" +"vostra macchina verrà utilizzata prevalentemente come workstation.\n" "\n" -" * \"Sviluppo\": se la macchina verrà usata per lo sviluppo di software\n" +" * \"Sviluppo\": se la macchina verrà usata per lo sviluppo di software\n" "scegliete i gruppi appropriati.\n" "\n" -" * \"Server\": se il computer sarà usato come server, qui potrete scegliere\n" -"i servizi più comuni da installare.\n" +" * \"Server\": se il computer sarà usato come server, qui potrete scegliere\n" +"i servizi più comuni da installare.\n" "\n" " * \"Ambiente grafico\": scegliete qui il vostro ambiente grafico\n" "preferito. Indicatene almeno uno se desiderate avere una workstation\n" "grafica!\n" "\n" -"Spostando il puntatore del mouse sul nome di un gruppo verrà mostrato un\n" -"breve testo di informazioni riguardo quest'ultimo. Se state effettuando\n" +"Spostando il puntatore del mouse sul nome di un gruppo verrà mostrato un\n" +"breve testo di informazioni a riguardo. Se state effettuando\n" "un'installazione normale (non un aggiornamento) e deselezionate tutti i\n" -"gruppi, comparirà una finestra di dialogo che vi proporrà alcune opzioni\n" +"gruppi, comparirà una finestra di dialogo che vi proporrà alcune opzioni\n" "relative a un'installazione ''minima'':\n" "\n" " * \"With X\": installa i pacchetti strettamente necessari per avere un\n" "ambiente grafico funzionante;\n" "\n" -" * \"With basic documentation\": installa il sistema base più le utilità di\n" -"base e la relativa documentazione; questo tipo di installazione è utile se\n" +" * \"With basic documentation\": installa il sistema base più le utilità di\n" +"base e la relativa documentazione; questo tipo di installazione è utile se\n" "si vuole configurare un server;\n" "\n" -" * \"Truly minimal install\": provvederà all'installazione dello stretto\n" +" * \"Truly minimal install\": provvederà all'installazione dello stretto\n" "necessario per avere un sistema Linux funzionante, avente come unica\n" "interfaccia la linea di comando.\n" "\n" "Se lo desiderate, potete abilitare l'opzione \"Selezione individuale dei\n" -"pacchetti\". Questa è utilissima se conoscete bene i pacchetti presenti\n" -"nella distribuzione o se desiderate avere il totale controllo di ciò che\n" -"verrà installato.\n" +"pacchetti\". Questa è utilissima se conoscete bene i pacchetti presenti\n" +"nella distribuzione o se desiderate avere il totale controllo di ciò che\n" +"verrà installato.\n" "\n" -"Se avete cominciato l'installazione in modalità \"Aggiornamento\", potete\n" +"Se avete cominciato l'installazione in modalità \"Aggiornamento\", potete\n" "deselezionare tutti i gruppi per evitare di installare nuovi pacchetti, in\n" "questo modo effettuerete soltanto il ripristino o l'aggiornamento del\n" "sistema esistente." @@ -1110,123 +1063,115 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n" +"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n" +"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n" +"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n" +"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n" +"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n" +"server that can used by other machines on your local network." msgstr "" -"Per favore siate pazienti. Questa operazione può richiedere diversi minuti." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" -"local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" -"to deactivate this by unselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" -"hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" -"machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate\n" -"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the\n" -"list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you\n" -"must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will\n" -"actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used\n" -"by other machines on your local network." -msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux gestisce il tempo in base al GMT (''Greenwich Manage Time'') e lo\n" -"traduce nell'ora locale in base al fuso orario selezionato. Tuttavia è\n" +"GNU/Linux gestisce il tempo in base al GMT (''Greenwich Mean Time'') e lo\n" +"traduce nell'ora locale secondo il fuso orario selezionato. Tuttavia è\n" "possibile disabilitare questa opzione togliendo il segno di spunta alla\n" -"casella \"Hardware clock set to GMT\", in modo che l'orologio hardware sia\n" -"lo stesso dell'orologio di sistema. Questa scelta può tornare utile nel\n" -"caso sulla macchina sia installato un altro sistema operativo, ad esempio\n" +"casella \"Hardware clock set to GMT\", in modo che l'orologio hardware\n" +"coincida con quello di sistema. Questa scelta può tornare utile nel caso\n" +"sulla macchina sia installato un altro sistema operativo, ad esempio\n" "Windows.\n" "\n" -"L'opzione \"Automatic time synchronization\" provvederà a gestire l'ora\n" -"grazie alla connessione con un server del tempo remoto via Internet.\n" -"Scegliete un server vicino a voi nella lista che vi verrà mostrata. Perché\n" +"L'opzione \"Automatic time synchronization\" provvederà a gestire l'ora\n" +"grazie alla connessione via Internet con un server di orario remoto.\n" +"Scegliete un server vicino a voi nella lista che vi verrà mostrata. Perché\n" "questa opzione funzioni, naturalmente, dovete disporre di una connessione a\n" -"Internet funzionante. Sulla vostra macchina verrà installato un server del\n" -"tempo che potrà essere usato anche per altre macchine che si trovano sulla\n" +"Internet funzionante. Sulla vostra macchina verrà installato un server del\n" +"tempo che potrà essere usato anche per altre macchine che si trovano sulla\n" "vostra rete locale." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" -"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" -"current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required." +"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" +"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n" +"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." msgstr "" -"La distribuzione Mandrake Linux è suddivisa su più CD-ROM. DrakX sa se uno\n" -"dei pacchetti selezionati si trova su un altro CD-ROM, pertanto provvederà\n" -"a espellere il CD attualmente inserito nel lettore e a chiedervi di\n" -"inserire quello corretto." +"La distribuzione Mandrake Linux è suddivisa su più CD-ROM. DrakX sa se uno\n" +"dei pacchetti selezionati si trova su un altro CD-ROM, pertanto provvederà ,\n" +"quando necessario, a espellere il CD attualmente inserito nel lettore e a\n" +"chiedervi di inserire quello corretto." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This is the most crucial decision in regards with the security of your\n" -"GNU/Linux system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the\n" -"system administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add\n" -"users, change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short,\n" -"\"root\" can do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is\n" -"difficult to guess -- DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can\n" -"see, you can choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" -"against this if only for one reason: do not think that because you booted\n" -"GNU/Linux that your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since\n" -"\"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on\n" -"partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is\n" -"important for it to be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" +"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" +"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" +"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" +"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" +"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n" +"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n" +"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n" +"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n" "\n" "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n" "easy to compromise a system.\n" "\n" -"However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because\n" -"you must be able to remember it without too much effort.\n" +"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n" +"must be able to remember it!\n" "\n" -"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. Hence, you\n" -"will have to type the password twice to reduce the chance of a typing\n" -"error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n" +"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n" +"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" "``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" "\n" -"In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" -"authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" +"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n" +"server, clisk the \"Advanced\" button.\n" "\n" "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n" -"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you have no\n" -"clue, ask your network administrator.\n" +"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n" +"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" -"If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" -"want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." +"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n" +"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n" +"and if you trust anybody having access to it." msgstr "" -"Questo è il punto più critico per la sicurezza del vostro sistema\n" -"GNU/Linux: state per decidere la password di \"root\". \"root\" è\n" -"l'amministratore del sistema, ed è l'unico utente autorizzato a compiere\n" +"Questo è il punto più critico per la sicurezza del vostro sistema\n" +"GNU/Linux: state per decidere la password di \"root\". \"root\" è\n" +"l'amministratore del sistema, ed è l'unico utente autorizzato a compiere\n" "aggiornamenti, aggiungere altri utenti, cambiare la configurazione globale\n" -"del sistema, etc. In breve, può fare tutto ciò che vuole! Questo è il\n" +"del sistema, etc. In breve, può fare tutto ciò che vuole! Questo è il\n" "motivo per cui dovete scegliere una password che sia difficile da\n" -"indovinare: DrakX vi dirà se è troppo facile. Potete anche scegliere di non\n" -"digitare una password, ma noi vi consigliamo caldamente di farlo, almeno\n" +"indovinare: DrakX vi dirà se è troppo facile. Potete anche scegliere di non\n" +"digitare alcuna password, ma noi vi consigliamo caldamente di farlo, almeno\n" "per un motivo: non pensate che, avviando il sistema con GNU/Linux, gli\n" "altri sistemi operativi che convivono con esso sulla stessa macchina siano\n" -"al sicuro da errori; al contrario: \"root\" può scavalcare ogni limitazione\n" +"al sicuro da errori; al contrario: \"root\" può scavalcare ogni limitazione\n" "e (magari involontariamente) cancellare tutti i dati presenti sulle\n" -"partizioni accedendo in maniera scorretta a queste ultime! Quindi è molto\n" +"partizioni accedendo in maniera impropria a queste ultime! Quindi è molto\n" "importante che sia difficile per gli utenti normali diventare \"root\".\n" "\n" -"La password ideale è costituita da un insieme di caratteri alfanumerici\n" -"lungo almeno 8 caratteri. Non scrivete mai su qualche appunto la password\n" -"di \"root\", renderebbe troppo facile l'accesso al sistema da parte di\n" -"estranei.\n" +"La password ideale è costituita da un insieme di almeno 8 caratteri\n" +"alfanumerici. Non appuntate mai da nessuna parte la password di \"root\",\n" +"renderebbe troppo facile l'accesso al sistema da parte di estranei.\n" "\n" "Prestate attenzione, tuttavia, a non scegliere una password troppo lunga o\n" -"complicata, perché dovete essere in grado di ricordarla senza troppo\n" +"complicata, perché dovete essere in grado di ricordarla senza troppo\n" "sforzo.\n" "\n" -"La password non verrà mostrata mentre la digitate. Per questo motivo è\n" -"necessario che venga inserita due volte, per ridurre il rischio di un\n" -"errore di battitura. Se per caso commettete lo stesso errore due volte,\n" -"questa password \"scorretta\" sarà quella che verrà richiesta la prima\n" -"volta che vi connetterete al sistema.\n" +"La password non verrà mostrata mentre la digitate: per ridurre il rischio\n" +"di un errore di battitura è necessario che venga inserita due volte. Se per\n" +"caso però commettete lo stesso errore due volte, questa password\n" +"\"scorretta\" sarà quella che verrà richiesta la prima volta che vi\n" +"connetterete al sistema.\n" "\n" -"In modalità Esperto vi verrà chiesto se il vostro computer è connesso a un\n" +"In modalità Esperto vi verrà chiesto se il vostro computer è connesso a un\n" "server di autenticazione, secondo il protocollo NIS, LDAP o PDC.\n" "\n" "Se la vostra rete si basa sul protocollo LDAP, NIS o PDC per\n" @@ -1234,33 +1179,17 @@ msgstr "" "l'autenticazione. Se non siete sicuri, chiedete al vostro amministratore di\n" "rete.\n" "\n" -"Se il vostro computer non è connesso a una rete soggetta ad autenticazione,\n" +"Se il vostro computer non è connesso a una rete soggetta ad autenticazione,\n" "scegliete \"File locali\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" -"covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" -"all the terms included in it, click on the \"Refuse\" button which will\n" -"immediately terminate the installation. To continue with the installation,\n" -"click on the \"Accept\" button." -msgstr "" -"Prima di proseguire dovreste leggere con attenzione le condizioni d'uso;\n" -"queste riguardano l'intera distribuzione Mandrake Linux, e se non siete\n" -"d'accordo con qualche punto della licenza cliccate sul pulsante\n" -"\"Rifiuta\": la procedura di installazione sarà immediatamente interrotta.\n" -"Per proseguire con l'installazione, invece, cliccate sul pulsante\n" -"\"Accetta\"." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" -"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" -"installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n" -"partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n" -"able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" +"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" +"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" +"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" +"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" "separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n" "(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" "\n" @@ -1290,22 +1219,22 @@ msgstr "" "vostro disco rigido. Potete attenervi alle scelte fatte dall'assistente,\n" "vanno bene per la maggior parte delle installazioni. Se fate dei\n" "cambiamenti, ricordate che dovete definire per lo meno una partizione root\n" -"(''radice'') (\"/\"). Non scegliete una partizione troppo piccola,\n" -"altrimenti non sarete in grado di installare parte del software. Se volete\n" -"archiviare i vostri dati su una partizione separata, dovrete creare anche\n" -"una partizione per \"/home\" (questo è possibile soltanto se avete a\n" -"disposizione più di una partizione Linux).\n" +"(''radice'') (\"/\"). Non sceglietela troppo piccola, altrimenti non sarete\n" +"in grado di installare parte del software. Se poi volete archiviare i\n" +"vostri dati su una partizione separata, dovrete assegnare una partizione\n" +"anche a \"/home\" (ciò è possibile soltanto se avete a disposizione più\n" +"partizioni Linux).\n" "\n" -"Ogni partizione è elencata in base a queste caratteristiche: \"Nome\",\n" -"\"Capacità\".\n" +"Ogni partizione è elencata in base a queste caratteristiche: \"Nome\",\n" +"\"Capacità \".\n" "\n" -"Il \"Nome\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n" +"Il \"Nome\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n" "disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il vostro disco è di tipo IDE, e\n" -"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n" +"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il vostro disco è di tipo IDE, e\n" +"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n" "\n" -"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n" +"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n" "i dischi IDE:\n" "\n" " * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\";\n" @@ -1316,117 +1245,119 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"d\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n" "\n" -"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI\n" -"più\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI superiore ad a\", etc." +"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI più\n" +"basso\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI immediatamente successivo ad a\",\n" +"etc." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" -"any Windows data.\n" +"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n" +"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n" +"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n" +"including any Windows data.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Cancel\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" "partitions present on this hard drive." msgstr "" -"Cliccate sul pulsante \"OK\" se volete tutte le partizioni e i dati\n" -"presenti su questo disco rigido. Prestate attenzione, dopo aver cliccato su\n" -"\"OK\" non potrete più recuperare le partizioni e i dati presenti sul\n" -"disco, compresi eventuali dati di Windows.\n" +"Cliccate sul pulsante \"OK\" se volete cancellare tutte le partizioni e i\n" +"dati presenti su questo disco rigido. Prestate attenzione, dopo aver\n" +"cliccato su \"OK\" non potrete più recuperare le partizioni e i dati\n" +"presenti sul disco, compresi eventuali dati di Windows.\n" "\n" -"Cliccate su \"Annulla\" per annullare questa operazione senza che vengano\n" -"persi dati o partizioni presenti su questo disco rigido." +"Cliccate su \"Annulla\" per annullare questa operazione senza che venga\n" +"perso nulla dei dati o partizioni presenti su questo disco rigido." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n" +"handy.\n" +"\n" "The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" -"booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" -"at the prompt. But in case your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you\n" -"should come back to this step for help in at least two situations:\n" -"\n" -" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (\n" -"MBR) of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to\n" -"allow you to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have\n" -"Windows in your system). If you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" -"install process will rewrite the boot sector, and then you will not be able\n" -"to start GNU/Linux!\n" -"\n" -" * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard\n" -"disk, this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It\n" -"contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has\n" -"crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" -"password, or any other reason.\n" -"\n" -"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to enter a disk inside the drive. The\n" -"floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which you do not\n" -"need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite the whole\n" -"disk." +"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n" +"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n" +"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" +"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n" +"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n" +"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n" +"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n" +"any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n" +"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n" +"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk." msgstr "" -"Il CD-ROM di Mandrake Linux ha una modalità ''salvataggio'' preconfigurata.\n" +"Il CD-ROM di Mandrake Linux ha una modalità ''salvataggio'' preconfigurata.\n" "Potete accedervi effettuando il boot dal CD-ROM, premendo il tasto >>F1<<\n" "all'avvio e digitando >>rescue<< dal prompt. Ma se il vostro computer non\n" -"può essere avviato dal CD-ROM, dovete effettuare questa operazione (la\n" +"può essere avviato dal CD-ROM, dovete effettuare questa operazione (la\n" "creazione di un disco di avvio) per almeno due ragioni:\n" "\n" -" * quando il bootloader verrà installato, DrakX riscriverà il settore di\n" +" * quando il bootloader verrà installato, DrakX riscriverà il settore di\n" "boot (MBR) del vostro disco principale (a meno che voi non usiate un altro\n" "gestore del boot), in modo che possiate avviare sia Windows che GNU/Linux,\n" -"se sul vostro sistema è installato anche Windows. Tuttavia, se in futuro si\n" -"renderà necessario re-installare Windows, il programma di installazione\n" -"Microsoft riscriverà il settore di boot, e di conseguenza non sarete più in\n" +"se sul vostro sistema è installato anche Windows. Tuttavia, se in futuro si\n" +"renderà necessario re-installare Windows, il programma di installazione\n" +"Microsoft riscriverà il settore di boot, e di conseguenza non sarete più in\n" "grado di avviare GNU/Linux!\n" "\n" -" * se si verifica un problema per cui non potete più lanciare GNU/Linux dal\n" -"disco rigido, questo dischetto sarà l'unico mezzo per avviare GNU/Linux:\n" +" * se si verifica un problema per cui non potete più lanciare GNU/Linux dal\n" +"disco rigido, questo dischetto sarà l'unico mezzo per avviare GNU/Linux:\n" "contiene un buon numero di programmi di amministrazione del sistema per\n" "rimettere in sesto un'installazione che ha subito un crash per\n" "un'interruzione di corrente, uno sfortunato errore di battitura, una\n" "password dimenticata o qualsiasi altra ragione.\n" "\n" -"Quando cliccherete su \"Sì\", vi verrà chiesto di inserire un disco in un\n" +"Quando cliccherete su \"Sì\", vi verrà chiesto di inserire un disco in un\n" "lettore di floppy. Naturalmente il dischetto che utilizzerete deve essere\n" -"vuoto o contenere soltanto dati di cui non avete più bisogno. Non sarà\n" -"necessario formattarlo: DrakX riscriverà l'intero disco." +"vuoto o contenere soltanto dati di cui non avete più bisogno. Non sarà \n" +"necessario formattarlo: DrakX riscriverà l'intero disco." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, depending on whether or not you chose to be able to select\n" -"individual packages, you will be presented a tree containing all packages\n" -"classified by groups and subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select\n" -"entire groups, subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" +"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" "\n" "Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" -"right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" -"will then launch the installation process. Depending on the speed of your\n" -"hardware and the number of packages that need to be installed, it may take\n" -"a while to complete the process. An installation time estimate is displayed\n" -"on the screen, to help you gauge if there is sufficient time to enjoy a cup\n" -"of coffee.\n" -"\n" -"!! If a server package has been selected, either intentionally or because\n" -"it was part of a whole group, you will be asked to confirm that you really\n" -"want those servers to be installed. Under Mandrake Linux, any installed\n" -"servers are started by default at boot time. Even if they are safe and have\n" -"no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it may happen\n" -"that security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" +"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" +"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" +"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" +"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" +"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" +"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" "finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes\" will\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n" "install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" -"default. !!\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option simply disables the warning dialog\n" -"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package. This\n" -"occurs because it has determined that it needs to satisfy a dependency with\n" -"another package in order to successfully complete the installation.\n" -"\n" -"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows to load the\n" -"package list chosen during a previous installation. Clicking on this icon\n" -"will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the end of\n" -"another installation. See the second tip of the previous step on how to\n" -"create such a floppy disk." +"default during boot. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n" +"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n" +"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n" +"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n" +"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" +"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" +"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" +"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" +"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" +"create such a floppy." msgstr "" "Ora, se avete scelto di indicare i pacchetti su base individuale, potete\n" "vedere una struttura ad albero contenente tutti i pacchetti organizzati in\n" @@ -1435,35 +1366,35 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Quando selezionate un pacchetto all'interno dell'albero, ne compare una\n" "descrizione sulla destra. Una volta terminata la scelta, cliccate sul\n" -"pulsante \"Installa\" che provvederà a far partire l'installazione vera e\n" +"pulsante \"Installa\" che provvederà a far partire l'installazione vera e\n" "propria. Il tempo necessario varia in base al numero di pacchetti che\n" -"devono essere installati e alla velocità del vostro hardware, l'attesa\n" +"devono essere installati e alla velocità del vostro hardware, l'attesa\n" "potrebbe anche essere lunga. Una stima del tempo richiesto per finire\n" -"l'installazione è visibile sullo schermo, in questo modo potrete sapere se\n" -"avete tempo a sufficienza per godervi una tazza di caffè.\n" +"l'installazione è visibile sullo schermo, in questo modo potrete sapere se\n" +"avete tempo a sufficienza per godervi una tazza di caffè.\n" "\n" "!! Se avete selezionato un pacchetto che offre un servizio come server\n" -"(intenzionalmente, oppure perché faceva parte di un gruppo), vi verrà\n" +"(intenzionalmente, oppure perché faceva parte di un gruppo), vi verrà \n" "chiesta conferma riguardo una sua effettiva installazione. Come opzione\n" "predefinita, in Mandrake Linux tutti i servizi installati vengono avviati\n" "automaticamente al momento del boot. Anche se si tratta di servizi sicuri\n" -"al momento in cui è stata rilasciata questa versione della distribuzione,\n" -"potrebbe succedere che vengano scoperte delle falle di sicurezza in un\n" -"momento successivo. Se poi non avete proprio idea di quale sia la funzione\n" -"di uno di questi pacchetti, cliccate sul pulsante \"No\". Cliccando su\n" -"\"Sì\" i servizi elencati verranno installati e saranno attivati in maniera\n" +"al momento in cui è stata rilasciata questa versione della distribuzione,\n" +"potrebbe accadere che successivamente vengano scoperte delle falle di\n" +"sicurezza. Se poi non avete proprio idea di quale sia la funzione di uno di\n" +"questi pacchetti, cliccate sul pulsante \"No\". Cliccando su \"Sì\" i\n" +"servizi elencati verranno installati e saranno attivati in maniera\n" "automatica. !!\n" "\n" "L'opzione \"Mostra i pacchetti selezionati automaticamente\" vi permette di\n" "disabilitare la finestra di dialogo che compare tutte le volte che il\n" -"programma di installazione seleziona automaticamente uno o più pacchetti.\n" -"Il programma determina in modo automatico, infatti, quali sono i pacchetti\n" -"che sono indispensabili a un dato pacchetto (''dipendenze'') perché\n" +"programma di installazione seleziona automaticamente uno o più pacchetti.\n" +"Il programma determina infatti in modo automatico quali altri pacchetti\n" +"sono indispensabili a un dato pacchetto (''dipendenze'') perché\n" "quest'ultimo possa essere installato con successo.\n" "\n" "Il piccolo dischetto floppy in fondo alla lista vi permette di caricare una\n" "lista di pacchetti scelti durante una precedente installazione. Cliccando\n" -"su questa icona vi verrà chiesto di inserire un floppy che avrete creato\n" +"su questa icona vi verrà chiesto di inserire un floppy che avrete creato\n" "alla fine di un'altra installazione. Consultate le informazioni che\n" "riguardano l'ultimo passo del processo di installazione per sapere come\n" "creare questo dischetto." @@ -1472,7 +1403,7 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a filesystem on it).\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" "\n" "At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" "erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" @@ -1488,10 +1419,10 @@ msgid "" "the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" "it.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n" +"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" "Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" "for bad blocks on the disk." @@ -1503,11 +1434,11 @@ msgstr "" "cancellare i dati che contengono. Se desiderate farlo, scegliete qui le\n" "partizioni che intendete formattare.\n" "\n" -"Tenete presente che non è necessario riformattare tutte le partizioni\n" -"preesistenti. Dovete formattare le partizioni che contengono il sistema\n" -"operativo (come \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), ma potete evitare di\n" -"riformattare partizioni che contengono dati che desiderate conservare\n" -"(tipicamente \"/home\").\n" +"Tenete presente che non è necessario riformattare tutte le partizioni\n" +"preesistenti. La formattazione è necessaria per le partizioni che\n" +"contengono il sistema operativo (come \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), ma\n" +"potete evitare di riformattare quelle che contengono dati che desiderate\n" +"conservare (tipicamente \"/home\").\n" "\n" "Fate molta attenzione nella scelta delle partizioni, dopo la formattazione\n" "tutti i dati saranno cancellati e non potrete recuperarli.\n" @@ -1524,26 +1455,27 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" -"language you have chosen). However, you might not have a keyboard that\n" -"corresponds exactly to your language: for example, if you are an English\n" -"speaking Swiss person, you may still want your keyboard to be a Swiss\n" -"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" -"yourself in the same situation. In both cases, you will have to go back to\n" -"this installation step and select an appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" +"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" +"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n" +"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n" +"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n" +"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n" +"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n" +"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" "supported keyboards.\n" "\n" -"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-latin alphabet, you will be\n" -"asked in the next dialog to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" -"keyboard layout between the latin and non-latin layouts." +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." msgstr "" "Normalmente DrakX provvede a individuare automaticamente la tastiera\n" "corretta (in base alla lingua che avete scelto). Tuttavia, potreste avere\n" "una tastiera che non corrisponde esattamente alla vostra lingua: se siete\n" "un francese che parla italiano, ad esempio, potreste comunque preferire una\n" -"tastiera francese. Oppure, se parlate italiano ma vivete nel Québec,\n" +"tastiera francese. Oppure, se parlate italiano ma vivete nel Québec,\n" "potreste trovarvi nella stessa situazione. In entrambi i casi, dovrete\n" "tornare a questa fase dell'installazione e selezionare una tastiera\n" "appropriata dalla lista.\n" @@ -1552,18 +1484,56 @@ msgstr "" "tastiere supportate.\n" "\n" "Se scegliete una mappa di tastiera basata su di un alfabeto non latino,\n" -"nella prossima finestra di dialogo vi verrà chiesto di scegliere una\n" -"scorciatoia da tastiera che vi permetterà di passare dalla mappa latina a\n" -"quella non latina e viceversa." +"nella finestra di dialogo successiva vi verrà chiesto di scegliere una\n" +"scorciatoia da tastiera che vi permetterà in seguito di passare dalla mappa\n" +"latina a quella non latina e viceversa." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" -"GNU/Linux.\n" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" +"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" +"what it finds there:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" +"OS.\n" +"\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" +"bootloader.\n" "\n" -"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose \"First sector of drive\n" -"(MBR)\"." +"\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First\n" +"sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be\n" +"installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk\n" +"(\"On Floppy\").\n" +"\n" +"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n" +"handy.\n" +"\n" +"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" +"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n" +"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n" +"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" +"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n" +"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n" +"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n" +"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n" +"any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n" +"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n" +"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk." msgstr "" "Dovete adesso indicare dove volete che vengano collocate le informazioni\n" "necessarie per effettuare il boot con GNU/Linux.\n" @@ -1574,43 +1544,44 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"There you are. Installation is now completed and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" -"GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as\n" -"soon as the computer has booted up again.\n" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n" +"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n" +"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n" +"start.\n" "\n" "The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n" "\n" " * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" -"which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of\n" -"an operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n" +"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" "\n" " Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" "\n" -" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the\n" -"partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive;\n" +" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n" +"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n" "\n" " * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" "completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" "\n" -" This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar\n" -"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site;\n" +" This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" +"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" "\n" -" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done\n" -"previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside\n" -"the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on\n" -"the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n" +"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n" +"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n" +"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" "\n" "(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" "\"mformat a:\")" msgstr "" -"Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro sistema GNU/Linux è\n" +"Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro sistema GNU/Linux è\n" "pronto per essere usato. Dovete soltanto cliccare sul pulsante \"OK\" per\n" "riavviare il sistema. Potete lanciare GNU/Linux o Windows (se presente),\n" -"qualunque preferiate dei due, non appena il computer avrà terminato di\n" +"qualunque preferiate dei due, non appena il computer avrà terminato di\n" "effettuare il boot.\n" "\n" -"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" (solo in modalità Esperto) avrete altri\n" +"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" (solo in modalità Esperto) avrete altri\n" "due pulsanti a vostra disposizione:\n" "\n" " * \"Crea il floppy di installazione automatica\": per creare un floppy di\n" @@ -1621,127 +1592,128 @@ msgstr "" " Notate che, dopo aver cliccato sul pulsante, saranno disponibili due\n" "opzioni diverse:\n" "\n" -" * \"Ripeti\": questa è un'installazione automatizzata solo in parte, in\n" +" * \"Ripeti\": questa è un'installazione automatizzata solo in parte, in\n" "quanto la fase di partizionamento del disco (e solo quella) resta\n" "interattiva.\n" "\n" -" * \"Automatizzata\": l'installazione è completamente automatizzata: il\n" +" * \"Automatizzata\": l'installazione è completamente automatizzata: il\n" "disco rigido viene riscritto per intero, tutti tutti i dati che contiene\n" "andranno persi.\n" "\n" -" Questa caratteristica è molto utile quando si deve installare il sistema\n" +" Questa caratteristica è molto utile quando si deve installare il sistema\n" "su un gran numero di macchine dalle caratteristiche simili. Si veda la\n" "sezione Installazione automatica sul nostro sito web.\n" "\n" " * \"Salva scelta pacchetti\" (*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti\n" "effettuata in precedenza. Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione,\n" "potrete inserire il dischetto nel lettore e installare il sistema\n" -"richiamando lo schermo di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux\n" +"richiamando la schermata di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux\n" "defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" "\n" -"(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT: per\n" -"formattarne uno sotto GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\"" +"(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT: per\n" +"crearne uno sotto GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\"" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" -"scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" +"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" -"Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" -"DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" -"if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" -"be presented with a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you\n" -"have no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of\n" -"hardware detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and\n" -"clicking \"OK\". Examine the hardware list and then click on the \"OK\"\n" -"button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n" -"\n" -"If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" -"specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" -"the card-specific options which the hardware needs to initialize. This\n" -"usually works well.\n" -"\n" -"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options which need to be passed, you\n" -"will need to manually provide options to the driver." +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX will ask you if you have\n" +"a PCI SCSI installed. Clicking \" Yes\" will display a list of SCSI cards\n" +"to choose from. Click \"No\" if you know that you have no SCSI hardware in\n" +"your machine. If you're not sure, you can check the list of hardware\n" +"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info \" and clicking\n" +"the \"Next ->\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"Next\n" +"->\" button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"\n" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" +"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" +"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" +"issues.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" +"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" +"configure the driver." msgstr "" -"Ora DrakX procederà con il rilevamento di tutti i dischi rigidi e altri\n" -"dispositivi IDE presenti sul vostro computer, e cercherà anche di stabilire\n" -"se sul vostro sistema sono presenti una o più schede SCSI di tipo PCI. Se\n" -"verrà individuato un dispositivo di questo tipo, DrakX installerà\n" +"Ora DrakX procederà con il rilevamento di tutti i dischi rigidi e altri\n" +"dispositivi IDE presenti sul vostro computer, e cercherà anche di stabilire\n" +"se sul vostro sistema sono presenti una o più schede SCSI di tipo PCI. Se\n" +"verrà individuato un dispositivo di questo tipo, DrakX installerà \n" "automaticamente il driver appropriato.\n" "\n" "Dato che il riconoscimento automatico in alcuni casi potrebbe non riuscire\n" -"a individuare una particolare periferica, vi verrà comunque chiesto se\n" -"avete una scheda SCSI PCI diversa da quelle eventualmente identificate\n" -"oppure no. Scegliete \"Sì\" se siete sicuri che nel vostro computer è\n" -"presente un'altra scheda SCSI: potrete scegliere la vostra scheda da una\n" -"lista. Scegliete \"No\" se non disponete di nessun tipo di hardware SCSI, o\n" -"se siete soddisfatti del riconoscimento automatico. Se non siete sicuri,\n" +"a individuare una particolare periferica, vi verrà comunque chiesto se\n" +"avete una scheda SCSI PCI diversa da quelle eventualmente identificate.\n" +"Scegliete \"Sì\" se siete sicuri che nel vostro computer è presente\n" +"un'altra scheda SCSI, quindi indicate nella lista il modello installato.\n" +"Scegliete invece \"No\" se non disponete di nessun tipo di hardware SCSI, o\n" +"se siete soddisfatti del riconoscimento automatico. Se non siete sicuri\n" "potete anche controllare la lista dell'hardware rilevato nella vostra\n" "macchina selezionando \"Vedi informazioni hardware\" e cliccando su \"Ok\".\n" -"Controllate l'elenco dell'hardware individuato e poi cliccate sul pulsante\n" -"\"Ok\" per ritornare alla domanda relativa alla scheda SCSI.\n" +"Controllate l'elenco dell'hardware individuato, quindi cliccate sul\n" +"pulsante \"Ok\" per ritornare alla domanda relativa alla scheda SCSI.\n" "\n" -"Se sarete costretti a specificare manualmente il tipo di scheda in vostro\n" -"possesso, DrakX vi chiederà se intendete indicare delle opzioni da usare\n" -"con essa. Vi consigliamo di permettere a DrakX di esaminare l'hardware per\n" -"stabilire le particolari opzioni della scheda che dovranno essere usate\n" -"all'inizializzazione; questo metodo in genere permette di ottenere buoni\n" -"risultati.\n" +"Nel caso siate costretti a specificare manualmente il tipo di scheda in\n" +"vostro possesso, DrakX vi chiederà se intendete indicare il valore di\n" +"alcuni parametri da usare con essa. Vi consigliamo di permettere a DrakX di\n" +"esaminare l'hardware per stabilire quali parametri specifici per la\n" +"particolare scheda dovranno essere impostati all'inizializzazione; questo\n" +"metodo in genere permette di ottenere buoni risultati.\n" "\n" -"Se DrakX non riesce a stabilire quali sono le opzioni da passare alla\n" +"Se DrakX non riesce a stabilire quali sono i parametri da passare alla\n" "scheda, dovrete specificarle manualmente." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" -"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n" +"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" "\n" -"For other OSes, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" "partition.\n" "\n" "For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" "\n" -" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" -"prompt to select this boot option;\n" +" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" +"select this boot option.\n" "\n" " * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" -"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension;\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" -" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation;\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" -" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" -"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" -"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" -"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n" +"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n" +"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" +"The following are some examples:\n" "\n" " video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" " video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" -" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" "the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" -"boot situation;\n" +"boot situation.\n" "\n" -" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" -"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used;\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n" +"ramdisk larger than the default.\n" "\n" -" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" -"read-only, to allow a filesystem check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" -"Here, you can override this option;\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" +"You can override the default with this option.\n" "\n" " * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" "problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n" -"native frame buffer support;\n" +"native frame buffer support.\n" "\n" " * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" -"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" -"also be highlighted with a ``*'', if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" -"selections." +"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" +"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." msgstr "" "You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" "systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" @@ -1804,74 +1776,78 @@ msgid "" "To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" " * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" -"drive;\n" +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create ext3 and\n" -"swap partitions on your hard drive's free space;\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n" +"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n" "\n" "\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" " * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" "for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n" -"recommended to perform this step;\n" +"recommended that you perform this step.\n" "\n" -" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" -"partition table from a floppy disk;\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n" +"partition table from a floppy disk.\n" "\n" " * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" "try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" -"can fail;\n" +"doesn't always work.\n" "\n" -" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your initial\n" -"partition table;\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n" +"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" " * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" "users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" "CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" -"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n" -"partitioning;\n" +"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n" +"understanding of partitioning.\n" "\n" -" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes;\n" +" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" -"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information;\n" +"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n" +"hard drive.\n" "\n" " * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" +"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" +"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n" +"\n" "Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" -"partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows.\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n" "\n" "When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected);\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition;\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" "\n" "If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" "bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" "may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" "emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "A questo punto, dovete decidere quali partizioni devono essere usate per\n" -"l'installazione del vostro sistema Mandrake Linux. Se sono già state\n" +"l'installazione del vostro sistema Mandrake Linux. Se sono già state\n" "definite delle partizioni, grazie a una precedente installazione di\n" "GNU/Linux o usando un altro programma di partizionamento, potete utilizzare\n" -"le partizioni esistenti. In caso contrario, sarà necessario creare o\n" -"modificare le partizioni del disco rigido.\n" +"quelle. In caso contrario, sarà necessario creare o modificare le\n" +"partizioni del disco rigido.\n" "\n" "Per creare delle partizioni dovete, per prima cosa, selezionare un disco\n" "rigido. Potete scegliere il disco da partizionare cliccando su \"hda\" per\n" "il primo disco IDE, \"hdb\" per il secondo, \"sda\" per il primo disco\n" -"SCSI, e così via.\n" +"SCSI, e così via.\n" "\n" "Per partizionare il disco selezionato potete scegliere fra queste opzioni:\n" "\n" @@ -1882,17 +1858,17 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente partizioni ext3 e di swap nello spazio libero presente sul\n" "vostro disco rigido.\n" "\n" -"\"Ancora\": permette di accedere ad ulteriori funzionalità:\n" +"\"Ancora\": permette di accedere ad ulteriori funzionalità :\n" "\n" " * \"Salva tabella delle partizioni\": salva la tabella delle partizioni su\n" -"un floppy. Utile per recuperarla in un momento successivo, se necessario.\n" -"Vi raccomandiamo caldamente di effettuare questa operazione.\n" +"un floppy. Utile per recuperarla in un secondo momento, se necessario. Vi\n" +"raccomandiamo caldamente di effettuare questa operazione.\n" "\n" " * \"Ripristina tabella delle partizioni\": permette di ripristinare una\n" "tabella delle partizioni precedentemente salvata su floppy disk.\n" "\n" " * \"Recupera tabella delle partizioni\": se la vostra tabella delle\n" -"partizioni è danneggiata potete provare a recuperarla grazie a questa\n" +"partizioni è danneggiata potete provare a recuperarla grazie a questa\n" "opzione. Procedete con attenzione, e ricordate che potrebbe non avere\n" "successo.\n" "\n" @@ -1900,25 +1876,25 @@ msgstr "" "ricarica la tabella delle partizioni originaria.\n" "\n" " * \"Automounting di media rimovibili\": se disabilitate questa opzione gli\n" -"utenti saranno costretti a montare e smontare manualmente i dispositivi\n" -"rimovibili come lettori floppy e CD-ROM.\n" +"utenti saranno costretti a montare e smontare manualmente i filesystem dei\n" +"dispositivi rimovibili, come lettori floppy e CD-ROM.\n" "\n" -" * \"Assistente\": usate questa opzione se desiderate che il\n" -"partizionamento del disco sia effettuato con l'aiuto di un assistente.\n" -"Altamente raccomandata se non avete una buona conoscenza del\n" -"partizionamento.\n" +" * \"Assistente\": usate questa opzione per effettuare il partizionamento\n" +"del disco con l'aiuto di un assistente. Altamente raccomandata se non avete\n" +"una buona conoscenza del partizionamento.\n" "\n" " * \"Un passo indietro\": con questa opzione le modifiche apportate\n" "verranno annullate.\n" "\n" " * \"Passa a modo Esperto\": permette di effettuare ulteriori azioni sulle\n" -"partizioni (tipo, opzioni, formattazione) e offre più informazioni.\n" +"partizioni (scelta del tipo, opzioni, formattazione) e offre più\n" +"informazioni.\n" "\n" " * \"Fatto\": quando avrete finito il partizionamento del disco cliccate su\n" "questa opzione, le vostre modifiche verranno salvate sul disco.\n" "\n" -"Si noti che è possibile raggiungere ogni opzione usando la tastiera. Per\n" -"spostarvi fra le partizioni usate i tasti [Tab] e le frecce [Sù/Giù].\n" +"Si noti che è possibile raggiungere ogni opzione usando la tastiera. Per\n" +"spostarvi fra le partizioni usate i tasti [Tab] e le frecce [Sù/Giù].\n" "\n" "Dopo aver selezionato una partizione potete usare:\n" "\n" @@ -1932,10 +1908,10 @@ msgstr "" "Per ottenere informazioni in merito ai diversi tipi di filesystem\n" "disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2FS del ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n" "\n" -"Se state effettuando l'installazione su una macchina PPC, sarà necessario\n" -"creare una piccola partizione HFS di almeno 11Mb, che verrà utilizzata dal\n" -"bootloader yaboot. Se decidete di creare una partizione più grande, diciamo\n" -"sui 50Mb, potrebbe rappresentare un utile deposito dove conservare un\n" -"kernel di riserva e immagini di ''ramdisk'' da utilizzare in caso di\n" +"Se state effettuando l'installazione su una macchina PPC, sarà necessario\n" +"creare una piccola partizione HFS di almeno 11Mb, che verrà utilizzata dal\n" +"bootloader yaboot. Se decidete di creare una partizione più grande, diciamo\n" +"sui 50 Mb, essa potrebbe rappresentare un utile deposito in cui conservare\n" +"un kernel di riserva e immagini di ''ramdisk'' da utilizzare in caso di\n" "emergenza." |